Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the extension of influence

  • 1 extensión

    f.
    1 extension, addition to a building, annex, annex of a building.
    2 area, spread, acreage, area of land.
    3 extension, telephone extension.
    4 extension, appendage.
    5 extension, extension of the alloted time, extra time, renewal.
    6 extension, electrical extension.
    7 extension, elongation, splaying, spreading.
    8 extent, size.
    9 expanse, breadth, sphere of activity, scope.
    * * *
    1 (gen) extension
    2 (dimensión) extent, size; (superficie) area, expanse
    3 (duración) duration, length
    4 (de un escrito, discurso) length
    5 MÚSICA range
    \
    en toda la extensión de la palabra in every sense of the word
    por extensión by extension
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=superficie) area
    2) (=duración) length
    3) (=amplitud) [de conocimientos] extent, range; [de programa] scope; [de significado] range

    esto nos afecta a nosotros y, por extensión, a todo el país — this affects us and, by extension, the whole country

    4) (=ampliación) [de incendio] spread; [de plazo] extension
    5) [de cable, cuerda] extension
    6) (Telec) extension

    ¿puede ponerme con la extensión 14? — can I have extension 14, please?, can you put me through to extension 14, please?

    7) (Mús) [de instrumento, voz] range, compass
    8) [en instituciones]
    * * *
    1)
    b) ( longitud) length

    la extensión de la novela/carretera — the length of the novel/road

    2) (grado, importancia) extent
    3) ( acción) extension
    4) ( de cable) extension lead; ( línea telefónica) extension
    * * *
    = extension, extension, extent of item, length, expansion, massiveness, great length, widening, tract.
    Ex. Searches saved ondisc are saved as disk files and are given the file name extension.SRC.
    Ex. These can be seen as extensions of the supportive role provided by Neighbourhood Advice Centres to community groups.
    Ex. The first element of the physical description area is the extent of item and it gives the number and the specific material designation of the units of the item being described and, in some cases, other indications of the extent (e.g. duration).
    Ex. A working guide is to seek to make any abstract as informative as possible within the constraints of time, length and audience.
    Ex. This is not a simple general expansion of a description but an increasing emphasis upon aspects of the book.
    Ex. With praise for the completeness and the massiveness of the project is mixed a lack of confidence in the method of arrangement and the accuracy with which some of the entries are compiled.
    Ex. Nor has this richness, this density, necessarily to do with complexity and great length.
    Ex. Despite growth in export volume in recent years, there has been a widening of the national current account deficit from 8.8% to over 20%.
    Ex. Protecting the remaining large tracts of tropical forests is not a financially impossible task.
    ----
    * actividad de extensión bibliotecaria = outreach activity.
    * aplicar por extensión = extend.
    * con la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * con una extensión similar a la de un libro = book-length.
    * de extensión = in length.
    * de extensión normal = standard-length.
    * de la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * en extensión = in length.
    * extensión agraria = agricultural extension.
    * extensión bibliotecaria = extension activity, outreach [out-reach], library outreach.
    * extensión de = mass of.
    * extensión de la cultura = cultural outreach.
    * extensión del nombre del fichero = file name extension.
    * extensión de página = page length.
    * gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.
    * gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.
    * perito de extensión agraria = agricultural extension worker.
    * por extensión = by extension.
    * programa de extensión bibliotecaria = library outreach programme.
    * servicio de extensión bibliotecaria = outreach service, library extension work, extension service, outreach programme, reach out.
    * servicios de extensión bibliotecaria = library outreach.
    * una gran extensión de = a sea of.
    * * *
    1)
    b) ( longitud) length

    la extensión de la novela/carretera — the length of the novel/road

    2) (grado, importancia) extent
    3) ( acción) extension
    4) ( de cable) extension lead; ( línea telefónica) extension
    * * *
    = extension, extension, extent of item, length, expansion, massiveness, great length, widening, tract.

    Ex: Searches saved ondisc are saved as disk files and are given the file name extension.SRC.

    Ex: These can be seen as extensions of the supportive role provided by Neighbourhood Advice Centres to community groups.
    Ex: The first element of the physical description area is the extent of item and it gives the number and the specific material designation of the units of the item being described and, in some cases, other indications of the extent (e.g. duration).
    Ex: A working guide is to seek to make any abstract as informative as possible within the constraints of time, length and audience.
    Ex: This is not a simple general expansion of a description but an increasing emphasis upon aspects of the book.
    Ex: With praise for the completeness and the massiveness of the project is mixed a lack of confidence in the method of arrangement and the accuracy with which some of the entries are compiled.
    Ex: Nor has this richness, this density, necessarily to do with complexity and great length.
    Ex: Despite growth in export volume in recent years, there has been a widening of the national current account deficit from 8.8% to over 20%.
    Ex: Protecting the remaining large tracts of tropical forests is not a financially impossible task.
    * actividad de extensión bibliotecaria = outreach activity.
    * aplicar por extensión = extend.
    * con la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * con una extensión similar a la de un libro = book-length.
    * de extensión = in length.
    * de extensión normal = standard-length.
    * de la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * en extensión = in length.
    * extensión agraria = agricultural extension.
    * extensión bibliotecaria = extension activity, outreach [out-reach], library outreach.
    * extensión de = mass of.
    * extensión de la cultura = cultural outreach.
    * extensión del nombre del fichero = file name extension.
    * extensión de página = page length.
    * gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.
    * gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.
    * perito de extensión agraria = agricultural extension worker.
    * por extensión = by extension.
    * programa de extensión bibliotecaria = library outreach programme.
    * servicio de extensión bibliotecaria = outreach service, library extension work, extension service, outreach programme, reach out.
    * servicios de extensión bibliotecaria = library outreach.
    * una gran extensión de = a sea of.

    * * *
    A
    (superficie, longitud): una gran extensión de terreno a large expanse o stretch of land
    grandes extensiones de la costa large stretches of the coastline
    tiene una extensión de 20 hectáreas it has an area of 20 hectares, it covers 20 hectares
    debido a la extensión de la obra no habrá intermedio owing to the length of the play there will not be an interval
    escribir un ensayo cuya extensión no supere las 500 palabras write an essay of no more than 500 words
    por extensión by extension
    B (grado, importancia) extent
    C
    (de un vocablo): en toda la extensión de la palabra in every sense of the word
    D (ampliación) extension
    la extensión de su influencia a otras esferas the extension o spreading of her influence to other areas
    pidió una extensión del plazo she asked for an extension of the deadline o for the deadline to be extended
    ofrecen una extensión de garantía they offer an extended warranty
    E
    1 (de un cable) extension lead
    3 ( Inf) extension
    * * *

     

    extensión sustantivo femenino
    1
    a) ( superficie):

    ◊ una gran extensión de terreno a large expanse o stretch of land;

    una extensión de 20 hectáreas an area of 20 hectares


    por extensión by extension
    2 (grado, importancia) extent;

    3



    ( línea telefónica) extension
    extensión sustantivo femenino
    1 extension
    (de un escrito, de tiempo) length
    (de un territorio, superficie) area
    2 (ampliación) extension
    (difusión) spreading
    3 (de una línea telefónica, un edificio) extension
    ' extensión' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ampliación
    - extensor
    - extensora
    - prolongación
    - prórroga
    - superficie
    - supletoria
    - supletorio
    - terrena
    - terreno
    - vasta
    - vasto
    - zona
    - alargador
    - anexo
    - césped
    - interno
    - llano
    - pasto
    - playa
    - por
    - vida
    English:
    area
    - cover
    - expanse
    - expansive
    - extended
    - extension
    - extension cable
    - extension cord
    - extent
    - from
    - long
    - sheet
    - sprawl
    - spread
    - stretch
    - sweep
    - tract
    - further
    - length
    * * *
    1. [superficie] area, expanse;
    2. [amplitud] [de país] size;
    [de conocimientos] extent;
    3. [duración] duration, length;
    debido a la extensión de la película habrá un descanso due to the length of the film there will be an interval
    4. [ampliación] extension;
    se concedió una extensión del plazo an extension was granted
    5. [sentido] range of meaning;
    en toda la extensión de la palabra in every sense of the word;
    por extensión by extension
    6. Informát extension
    7. [de línea telefónica] extension
    * * *
    f
    1 tb
    TELEC extension;
    por extensión by extension
    2 superficie expanse, area;
    en toda la extensión de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word
    * * *
    extensión nf, pl - siones
    1) : extension, stretching
    2) : expanse, spread
    3) : extent, range
    4) : length, duration
    * * *
    1. (superficie) area
    2. (dimensión) size / extent
    3. (longitud, duración) length
    4. (de teléfono) extension

    Spanish-English dictionary > extensión

  • 2 рост влияния

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > рост влияния

  • 3 ὑπό

    ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά
    A

    Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14

     Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (

    ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824

    ,

    ὑ. δέ 3.217

    , 11.417, 12.149,

    ὑ. δείους 10.376

    , 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)

    λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44

    , al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and

    ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.

     ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,

    ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165

    , ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)
    A WITH GENITIVE,
    I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;

    ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669

    ;

    ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;

    ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17

    ; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;

    ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς

     from the consequences of,

    23.86

    ; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,

    ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441

    ;

    περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53

    ; once in Hdt.,

    τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8

    ;

    αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27

     (Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.
    2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;

    ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106

    ;

    τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717

    : also without the sense of motion,

    ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372

    ;

    βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14

    ;

    ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52

    ;

    κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588

    ;

    ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83

    ;

    νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a

    ;

    δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342

    ; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.
    II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,

    μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436

    , cf. 4.479;

    ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428

    ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;

    τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137

    ;

    οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308

    , cf. Th.7, al.;

    πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61

    ;

    ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303

    ;

    πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042

     (anap.);

    ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77

    ;

    ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66

    ;

    ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5

    ;

    ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64

    ; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;

    ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391

    ;

    ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a

    : sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;

    ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029

    ;

    ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34

    ;

    ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2

    ;

    Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d

    ; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.
    2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,

    χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153

    , cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;

    πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5

    ; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;

    οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78

    , cf. Ar.V. 1084.
    3 freq. of things as well as persons,

    ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77

    ;

    κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8

     (Epid., iii B.C.);

    χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b

    ;

    ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64

     (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);

    κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4

    : of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,

    ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371

    ; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;

    μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153

    ;

    χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376

    ;

    ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85

    , cf. Th.6.33;

    οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66

    ;

    ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129

    ;

    ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183

    ;

    ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083

    ;

    ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073

    : hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;

    ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22

    , cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).
    4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,

    νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276

    , cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;

    ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220

    .
    5 of accompanying music, to give the time,

    κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281

    , cf. 278;

    ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123

    , cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;

    πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001

    : generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);

    καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554

     (anap.);

    ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299

    ;

    εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970

    ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.
    6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).
    7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.
    8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.
    B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,

    ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784

    , al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;

    Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11

    , cf. 373.118, al.;

    ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105

    ; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;

    πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533

    ;

    ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27

    ;

    ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19

     (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);

    στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33

     (Samos, iv B.C.);

    ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11

    ;

    χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5

    ,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;

    εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6

     codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);

    ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a

    .4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;

    τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.

     ap. eund.12.25.7;

    οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;

    ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero

     *Deff.135.12;

    ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102

    .
    2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;

    ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478

    , cf. Il.24.782;

    ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378

    , cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;

    δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644

    .
    3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;

    ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352

    ;

    ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653

    , etc.;

    ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180

    ;

    ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489

    ;

    πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164

     (lyr.);

    ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490

    .
    4 behind,

    ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1

    ; under the cover or protection of,

    ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8

    , 4.12.10, 16.6.1.
    II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,

    ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637

    ;

    ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82

    ;

    βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171

    ;

    ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215

    ;

    ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384

    ; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;

    ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8

     ([place name] Crete);

    ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5

    , cf. 12,31,52.
    2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,

    δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305

    , cf. Il.9.156;

    ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68

    ; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;

    τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44

    : in pregnant sense,

    ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11

    , cf. Th.7.64;

    ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157

    ;

    κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4

    ;

    τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2

    .
    3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,

    αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c

    ;

    τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b

    ;

    ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d

    .
    4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;

    ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e

    : generally, of attendant circumstances,

    ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402

    ; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;

    λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17

    ;

    αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79

    ;

    ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14

    ;

    ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41

    ; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;

    ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d

    .— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,

    στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73

     (Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);

    λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26

    , cf. Man.2.131.
    C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;

    ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383

    ; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;

    νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51

    , cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;

    πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271

    ;

    ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2

    ; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;

    ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181

    ;

    παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407

    ;

    ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11

    ;

    ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7

    , cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;

    ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536

     B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);

    πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32

    , cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.
    2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,

    Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603

    , cf. 824, etc.;

    ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76

    ; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;

    τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162

     (ii B.C.);

    ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13

     (loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;

    ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181

    ;

    τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10

    , cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;

    οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38

    , cf. 16.21, al.;

    ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14

    , al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);

    τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17

    ;

    ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114

    , cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also

    ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371

    ;

    Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26

    ;

    ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278

    ;

    τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120

     (Epid., iv B.C.);

    οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13

     (iii B.C.);

    ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2

     (iii B.C.);

    κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7

    , cf. 67, al.;

    ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10

    ;

    μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593

     A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);

    καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4

    ; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;

    εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75

     (v.

    πούς 1.6

     g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;

    ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108

    ;

    ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720

    ;

    εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8

     (cf.

    αὐγή 1

    ): of subordinate position.

    κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9

    ; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.
    b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;

    εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29

    , Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21;

    αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6

    ,al.
    II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,

    ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108

    ;

    ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60

    , cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;

    ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29

    ;

    ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340

    ;

    τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75

    , cf. 74;

    ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616

     (i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.

    ἥλιος 11.1

    );

    ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52

     (Halic., iii B.C.);

    τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3

     (iii B.C.);

    στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7

     ([place name] Rhodes);

    μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7

    , cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;

    τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75

     ([place name] Rhodes).
    III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,

    ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102

    ;

    ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51

    , cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;

    τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10

    : rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;

    ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60

    ; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;

    ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4

     ([place name] Thasos).
    2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;

    ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4

    , 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;

    ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26

    ;

    ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27

    , cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;

    ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21

    , Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;

    ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215

    ; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)

    ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60

     (Corc., ii/i B.C.);

    ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14

    , Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;

    ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17

    .
    IV of accompaniment,

    ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a

    ;

    ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3

     codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.

    κῆρυξ 1.3

    ).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.
    2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.);

    ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6

    , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.
    D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.
    E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.
    2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.
    II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,

    φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17

    .
    F IN COMPOSITION:
    I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.
    2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.
    3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.
    II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi,

    ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d

    , cf. Grg. 493c;

    ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290

     (lyr.)).
    III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό

  • 4 распространение распространени·е

    dissemination, spread, spreading, proliferation

    распространение гонки вооружений на космос — spread / extention of arms / armaments (in) to space

    распространение ложных сведений — dissemination of false information распространение обычного оружия dissemination of conventional arms

    распространение слухов — spreading / dissemination of rumours

    распространение ядерного оружия — spread / proliferation of nuclear weapons, nuclear proliferation

    препятствовать распространению ядерного оружия — to hinder the spread / the proliferation of nuclear weapons

    горизонтальное распространение ядерного оружия (приобретение его странами, не обладающими ядерным оружием) — horizontal proliferation

    опасность распространения ядерного оружия — proliferation risk, danger of nuclear proliferation

    Russian-english dctionary of diplomacy > распространение распространени·е

  • 5 Gaulle , General Charles de

       (Derivatives. Gaulliste, a follower of de Gaulle, and gaullien, in the manner of De Gaulle)
       (1890-1970). Prime minister 1944-1946, President 1958-1969.
       De Gaulle was without doubt the most influential French politician of the twentieth century. Leader of the Free French forces in World War 2, General de Gaulle went on to become the instigator, and the first president, of France's fifth republic. He oversaw French decolonisation of Algeria and other colonies, but was also a strong nationalist, who believed in France's independent nuclear deterrent, and withdrew France from NATO's military command in a move to affirm France's independence with regard notably to the USA. He was one of the leading proponents of the European Economic Community, the EEC, precursor of the European Union, but memorably blocked Britain's application for membership in 1960, considering that Britain was too aligned with the USA.
       A firm believer in strong central power, he designed the constitution of the Fifth Republic to give very great powers to the President (far greater than in any other major western democracy), leaving the French Parliament as second fiddle. He also sought to model the European Community in the same way, concentrating power in the hands of the Commission, and opposing the extension of the powers of the European Parliament.
       Notwithstanding, de Gaulle remains an iconic figure in the life of modernFrance, and a point of reference for politicians, notably those on the right. For over thirty years, French conservative political parties have vied with each other to portray themselves as the true bearers of Gaullist values; but with the passing of time, de Gaulle's influence on French politics, and the emblematic value of his name, are declining. The modern UMP party, the party of Presient Sarkozy, may be descended in direct lineage from de Gaulle's RFP and UDR parties, and may define itself as being "gaullist", but the meaning of the word, in that case, has changed.

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais. Agriculture Biologique > Gaulle , General Charles de

  • 6 Ellington, Edward Bayzard

    [br]
    b. 2 August 1845 London, England
    d. 10 November 1914 London, England
    [br]
    English hydraulic engineer who developed a direct-acting hydraulic lift.
    [br]
    Ellington was educated at Denmark Hill Grammar School, London, after which he became articled to John Penn of Greenwich. He stayed there until 1868, working latterly in the drawing office after a period of erecting plant and attending trials on board ship. For some twelve months he superintended the erection of Glengall Wharf, Old Kent Road, and the machinery used therein.
    In 1869 he went into partnership with Bryan Johnson of Chester, the company being known as Johnson \& Ellington, manufacturing mining and milling machinery. Under Ellington's influence, the firm specialized in the manufacture of hydraulic machinery. In 1874 the company acquired the right to manufacture the Brotherhood three-cylinder hydraulic engine; the company became the Hydraulic Engineering Company Ltd of Chester. Ellington developed a direct-acting hydraulic lift with a special balance arrangement that was smooth-acting and economical in water. He described the lift in a paper that was read to the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) in 1882.
    Soon after Ellington joined the Chester firm, an Act of Parliament was passed, mainly due to his efforts, for the distribution of water under high pressure for the working of passenger and goods lifts and other hydraulic machinery in large towns. In 1872 he initiated the first hydraulic mains company at Hull, thus proving the practicability of the system of a high-pressure water-mains supply. Ellington remained as engineer to the Hull company until he was appointed a director in 1875. He was general manager and engineer of the General Hydraulic Power Company, which operated in London and had subsidiaries in Liverpool (opened in 1889), Manchester (1894) and Glasgow (1895). He maintained an interest in all these companies, as general manager and engineer, until his death.
    In 1895 he read another paper, "On hydraulic power in towns", to the Institution of Mechanical Engineers. In 1911 he became President of the IMechE; his Presidential Address was on the education of young engineers. In 1913 he delivered the Thomas Hawksley Lecture on "Water as a mechanical agent". He was Chairman of the Building Committee during the extension of the Institution's headquarters. Ellington was also a Member of Council of the Institution of Civil Engineers, a member of the Société des Ingé-nieurs Civils de France and a Governor of Imperial College of Science and Technology.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    Member of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers 1875; Member of Council 1898– 1903; President 1911–12.
    IMcN

    Biographical history of technology > Ellington, Edward Bayzard

  • 7 terreno

    adj.
    earthly, worldly.
    m.
    1 lot, terrain, land, patch.
    2 soil, ground.
    3 terrain, ground.
    * * *
    1 worldly, earthly
    1 (tierra) land, piece of land, ground; (solar) plot, site
    2 GEOGRAFÍA terrain
    4 DEPORTE field, ground
    \
    ceder terreno figurado to give way
    conocer el terreno figurado to be familiar with something
    estar en su propio terreno figurado to be on home ground
    ganar terreno / perder terreno to gain ground / lose ground
    hacer algo sobre el terreno to do something on the spot 2 figurado to improvise something
    saber uno el terreno que pisa figurado to know what one's doing
    preparar el terreno figurado to pave the way, prepare the ground
    ser terreno abonado (para algo) figurado to be receptive (to something)
    terreno conocido figurado familiar ground
    ————————
    1 (tierra) land, piece of land, ground; (solar) plot, site
    2 GEOGRAFÍA terrain
    4 DEPORTE field, ground
    5 figurado (esfera de acción) field, sphere
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) ground, land
    3) plot
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (Rel) [bienes] earthly
    2) (Bio, Geol) terrestrial
    2. SM
    1) (=extensión de tierra) [gen] land; (=parcela) piece of land, plot of land

    nos hemos comprado un terreno en las afueras — we've bought a piece of land o plot of land o some land on the outskirts of the city

    2) [explicando sus características] (=relieve) ground, terrain; (=composición) soil, land
    3) (=campo)
    a) [de estudio] field
    b) [de actividad] sphere, field

    en cuanto a las pensiones, se ha avanzado poco en este terreno — as for pensions, little progress has been made in this area

    4)
    - vencer a algn en su propio terreno

    terreno abonado —

    5) (Dep)

    terreno de juego — pitch, field

    * * *
    I
    - na adjetivo
    a) (Relig) earthly
    b) ( no marino o aéreo) terrestrial (frml), land (before n)
    II
    1) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE)

    el terreno llega hasta el río — the land o plot o lot extends as far as the river

    3)
    a) (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain; ( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil

    allanarle el terreno a alguien — to smooth the way o path for somebody

    ceder/ganar/perder terreno — to give/gain/lose ground

    estar en su (propio) terreno — to be on one's own ground

    minarle or socavarle el terreno a alguien — to cut the ground from under somebody's feet

    pisar terreno firme/peligroso — to tread on safe/dangerous ground

    prepararle el terreno a alguien/algo — to pave the way for somebody/something

    sobre el terreno: estudiar sobre el terreno una situación to make an on-the-spot assessment of a situation; haremos planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along; tantear el terreno — to see how the land lies

    b) (Geol) terrane, terrain
    4) (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field
    * * *
    (n.) = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land
    Ex. This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.
    Ex. Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.
    Ex. Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.
    Ex. These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.
    Ex. Over 17% of Botswana's land area has been set-aside as national parks and game reserves.
    Ex. A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.
    Ex. The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.
    Ex. So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.
    * * *
    I
    - na adjetivo
    a) (Relig) earthly
    b) ( no marino o aéreo) terrestrial (frml), land (before n)
    II
    1) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE)

    el terreno llega hasta el río — the land o plot o lot extends as far as the river

    3)
    a) (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain; ( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil

    allanarle el terreno a alguien — to smooth the way o path for somebody

    ceder/ganar/perder terreno — to give/gain/lose ground

    estar en su (propio) terreno — to be on one's own ground

    minarle or socavarle el terreno a alguien — to cut the ground from under somebody's feet

    pisar terreno firme/peligroso — to tread on safe/dangerous ground

    prepararle el terreno a alguien/algo — to pave the way for somebody/something

    sobre el terreno: estudiar sobre el terreno una situación to make an on-the-spot assessment of a situation; haremos planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along; tantear el terreno — to see how the land lies

    b) (Geol) terrane, terrain
    4) (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field
    * * *
    terreno1
    1 = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land.

    Ex: This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.

    Ex: Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.
    Ex: Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.
    Ex: These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.
    Ex: A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.
    Ex: The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.
    Ex: So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.
    * andar por terreno peligroso = skate + on thin ice, tread on + dangerous ground.
    * andar por terreno resbaladizo = skate + on thin ice, tread on + dangerous ground.
    * caer en terreno baldío = fall on + barren ground, fall on + fallow ground.
    * caer en terreno pedregoso = fall on + stony ground.
    * ceder terreno = yield + ground, lose + ground.
    * con terrenos cedidos por el gobierno = land grant [land-grant].
    * en terreno conocido = on familiar grounds.
    * en terreno peligroso = on shaky grounds.
    * estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.
    * ganar terreno = gain + ground, make + headway.
    * gestión de terrenos = land management.
    * invadir el terreno (de Alguien) = encroach on/upon + Posesivo + domain.
    * limpiar el terreno de árboles = clear + land.
    * motocicleta todo terreno = dirt bike.
    * moverse en terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * no ceder terreno = stand + Posesivo + ground.
    * parcela de terreno = plot of land, piece of land.
    * perder terreno = lose + ground.
    * pisar terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * preparación del terreno eliminando todo tipo de obstáculos = land-clearing.
    * preparar el terreno = pave + the way (for/towards/to), set + the scene, clear + the path, smooth + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), lay + the groundwork for, pave + the road (for/towards/to), clear + the way.
    * preparar el terreno para = lead up to, smooth + the path of, clear + the ground for, fertilise + the ground for.
    * prueba sobre el terreno = field test, field trial.
    * sobre el terreno = on the ground.
    * tantear el terreno = put + feeler out, test + the water.
    * terreno conocido = familiar grounds.
    * terreno cultivable pequeño = croft.
    * terreno de deportes = sport arena.
    * terreno de juego = playing field, pitch.
    * terreno de pruebas = testing ground.
    * terreno desconocido = uncharted territory, uncharted waters, unchartered territory, unchartered waters.
    * terreno elevado = high ground.
    * terreno en construcción = building site.
    * terreno firme = firm ground, safe ground, solid ground.
    * terreno inhóspito = inhospitable terrain.
    * terreno maderero = timberland.
    * terreno nada fértil = stony ground.
    * terreno neutral = neutral ground.
    * terreno para construir = building site.
    * terreno pedegroso = stony ground.
    * terreno peligroso = on thin ice, slippery ground, on dangerous ground.
    * terreno poco definido = grey area [gray area].
    * terreno resbaladizo = on thin ice, slippery ground, on dangerous ground.
    * terrenos = site, landed estate, grounds.
    * terrenos de la finca = estate grounds.
    * terreno seguro = safe ground, solid ground.
    * terreno sin construir = vacant lot.
    * terrenos sin construir = vacant land.
    * vehículo todoterreno = all-terrain vehicle.
    * vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.

    terreno2
    2 = earthly [earthlier -comp., earthliest -sup.], worldly [worldlier -comp., worldliest -sup.].

    Ex: After that I could never pass a dead man without stopping to gaze on his face, stripped by death of that earthly patina which masks the living soul.

    Ex: There exist sets of duality in this philosophy; body versus soul, worldly versus unworldly and life versus salvation.

    (n.) = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land

    Ex: This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.

    Ex: Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.
    Ex: Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.
    Ex: These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.
    Ex: Over 17% of Botswana's land area has been set-aside as national parks and game reserves.
    Ex: A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.
    Ex: The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.
    Ex: So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.

    * * *
    terreno1 -na
    1 ( Relig) earthly
    nuestra vida terrena our earthly life, our life on earth
    2 (no marino o aéreo) terrestrial ( frml), land ( before n)
    A (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot ( AmE)
    heredó unos terrenos en Sonora she inherited some land in Sonora
    un terreno plantado de viñas a field o an area of land planted with vines
    el terreno cuesta tanto como la casa the land costs as much as the house
    quieren construir en esos terrenos they want to build on that land o site
    el terreno llega hasta el río the land o plot o lot extends as far as the river
    Compuesto:
    field, pitch ( BrE)
    Escocia perdió frente a Gales en su propio terreno (de juego) Scotland lost at home to Wales, Scotland lost to Wales despite having home-field advantage ( AmE), Scotland lost to Wales on their home ground ( BrE)
    compraron una casa con mucho terreno they bought a house with a lot of land
    C
    un terreno montañoso mountainous terrain
    los accidentes del terreno the features of the landscape o terrain
    un terreno pantanoso marshy land, a marshy terrain
    un terreno bueno para el cultivo del trigo good land o soil for growing wheat
    allanarle el terreno a algn to smooth the way o path for sb
    ceder/ganar/perder terreno to give/gain/lose ground
    estar en su (propio) terreno to be on one's own ground
    llamar a algn a terreno ( Chi fam); to pull sb up ( colloq)
    minarle or socavarle el terreno a algn to cut the ground from under sb's feet
    pisar terreno firme/peligroso to tread on safe/dangerous ground
    prepararle el terreno a algn/algo to pave the way for sb/sth
    recuperar terreno to recover lost ground
    sobre el terreno: para estudiar sobre el terreno la situación to make an on-the-spot o an in situ assessment of the situation
    iremos haciendo planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along
    tantear el terreno to see how the land lies
    2 ( Geol) terrane, terrain
    Compuestos:
    ● terreno abonado or propicio
    es terreno abonado or propicio para la delincuencia it is a breeding ground for crime
    es un terreno abonado or propicio para la especulación it gives rise to a great deal of speculation
    familiar ground
    para él ya es terreno conocido he's on familiar ground, it's familiar ground to him
    D (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field
    ejerció una gran influencia en el terreno de las artes he was a major influence in the arts
    * * *

     

    terreno 1
    ◊ -na adjetivo (Relig) earthly

    terreno 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE);


    un terreno plantado de viñas a field planted with vines;
    terreno de juego field, pitch


    2 (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain;
    ( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil;

    3 (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field;

    terreno,-a
    I adjetivo ➣ terrenal
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 Geol terrain
    2 (extensión de tierra) (piece of) land, ground: quiere cultivar su terreno, he wants to cultivate his land
    tiene un terreno en Valencia, he has land in Valencia
    un terreno arenoso, a sandy soil
    3 fig (campo de acción, investigación) field, sphere
    4 Dep terreno (de juego), field, ground
    ♦ Locuciones: le gusta saber qué terreno pisa, he likes to know where he stands
    ganar/perder terreno, to gain/lose ground
    preparar el terreno, to prepare the ground
    sobre el terreno, as one goes along
    ' terreno' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acotar
    - adyacente
    - allanar
    - alta
    - alto
    - badén
    - depresión
    - elevación
    - escabrosa
    - escabroso
    - finca
    - grieta
    - inclinación
    - juego
    - margen
    - monte
    - movediza
    - movedizo
    - nacional
    - ondulada
    - ondulado
    - orientar
    - parque
    - pelada
    - pelado
    - pendiente
    - polígono
    - regar
    - reseca
    - reseco
    - revalorizar
    - salar
    - salvaje
    - sanear
    - solar
    - terrena
    - terruño
    - tierra
    - triangular
    - abrupto
    - accidentado
    - accidente
    - adaptar
    - agreste
    - alameda
    - altibajos
    - anegar
    - arbolado
    - arenoso
    - asentar
    English:
    dirt bike
    - estate
    - extend
    - feeler
    - flatten
    - foresight
    - gain
    - gain on
    - ground
    - gulley
    - gully
    - ice
    - jeep
    - level
    - lose
    - lot
    - out-of-bounds
    - parcel
    - patch
    - pitch
    - plot
    - recreation ground
    - rent
    - rugged
    - ruggedness
    - scout
    - spread
    - stretch
    - survey
    - tenure
    - terrain
    - testing ground
    - tract
    - uneven
    - unfold
    - way
    - area
    - common
    - country
    - ease
    - green
    - mostly
    - piece
    - preserve
    - property
    - province
    - reclaim
    - site
    * * *
    terreno, -a
    ♦ adj
    Formal [vida] earthly; [bienes, preocupaciones] worldly
    ♦ nm
    1. [suelo] land;
    [por su relieve] terrain; [por su composición, utilidad agrícola] soil;
    grandes extensiones de terreno large tracts of land;
    terreno montañoso/abrupto mountainous/rugged terrain;
    terreno arenoso/volcánico sandy/volcanic soil;
    el terreno era irregular the ground was uneven;
    ser terreno abonado (para algo) to be fertile ground (for sth)
    terreno agrícola farmland;
    terreno cultivable arable land;
    terreno edificable land suitable for development;
    terreno rústico land unsuitable for development;
    terreno urbanizable land suitable for development;
    terreno no urbanizable land unsuitable for development
    2. [parcela, solar] plot (of land);
    tenemos unos terrenos en el pueblo we have some land in the village
    3. [en deportes]
    terreno (de juego) field, Br pitch;
    los jugadores saltaron al terreno de juego the players came out onto the field o Br pitch
    4. [ámbito] field;
    en el terreno de la música/medicina in the field of music/medicine;
    tiene muchos problemas en el terreno personal she has a lot of problems in her private life;
    ha habido muchos avances en este terreno there have been considerable advances in this field
    5. [territorio] ground;
    estar o [m5] encontrarse en su propio terreno to be on home ground;
    estar en o [m5]pisar terreno conocido/desconocido/firme to be on familiar/unfamiliar/solid ground;
    llevar algo/a alguien a su terreno: sabe llevar las conversaciones a su terreno he knows how to steer conversations round to what interests him;
    la campeona supo llevar a su terreno a la tenista holandesa the champion was able to impose her own terms on the Dutch player;
    sabe llevar cualquier canción a su terreno he is capable of making any song his own;
    ceder terreno to give ground;
    ganar terreno to gain ground;
    le está ganando terreno a su rival he's gaining ground on his rival;
    perder terreno (ante alguien) to lose ground (to sb);
    preparar el terreno (para algo/a alguien) to pave the way (for sth/sb);
    reconocer o [m5] tantear el terreno to see how the land lies;
    sabe el terreno que pisa she knows what she is about;
    sobre el terreno: estudiar algo sobre el terreno to study something in the field;
    resolveremos los problemas sobre el terreno we'll solve the problems as we go along
    * * *
    I adj earthly, worldly
    II m land; fig
    field;
    un terreno a lot, Br a plot o
    piece of land;
    sobre el terreno in the field;
    ganar/perder terreno fig gain/lose ground;
    tantear el terreno fig see how the land lies;
    llevar a alguien a su terreno get s.o. on one’s home ground;
    pisar terreno resbaladizo fig be on slippery ground
    * * *
    1) : terrain
    2) suelo: earth, ground
    3) : plot, tract of land
    4)
    perder terreno : to lose ground
    5)
    preparar el terreno : to pave the way
    * * *
    1. (tierra) land

    Spanish-English dictionary > terreno

  • 8 zona

    f.
    1 zone, area (espacio).
    ¿vives por la zona? do you live around here? (por aquí)
    ésta es la zona de copas de la ciudad this is the center of the city's nightlife
    zona catastrófica disaster area
    zona comercial shopping area
    zona erógena erogenous zone
    zona de exclusión exclusion zone
    zona euro euro zone
    zona de guerra war zone
    zona de libre comercio free-trade zone
    zona peatonal pedestrian precinct
    zona residencial residential area
    zona verde park, green area; (grande) lawn (pequeña)
    2 key.
    3 zona.
    * * *
    1 area
    2 (fronteriza, militar) zone
    1 MEDICINA (herpes) shingles
    \
    zona azul parking meter zone
    zona edificada built-up area
    zona fronteriza border zone
    zona glacial frigid zone
    zona templada temperate zone
    zona tórrida torrid zone
    zona verde green zone
    * * *
    noun f.
    area, district, zone
    * * *
    SF
    1) [en país, región] area

    las zonas más ricas/remotas/deprimidas del país — the richest/remotest/most depressed areas o parts of the country

    la zona norte/sur/este/oeste de la isla — the northern/southern/eastern/western part of the island

    comimos en uno de los restaurantes típicos de la zona — we ate in a restaurant typical of the area, we ate in a typical local restaurant

    • zonas costeras — coastal areas

    • zona montañosa o de montaña — mountainous area, mountainous region

    • zonas rurales — rural areas

    • zonas urbanas — urban areas

    zona de conflicto — (Mil) conflict zone

    zona de libre comercio — free-trade zone, free-trade area

    zona de peligro — danger zone, danger area

    zona fronteriza — [gen] border area; (Mil) border zone

    zona militar — military zone, military area

    zona roja — Esp Republican territory

    2) [en ciudad] area

    zona azul — Esp (Aut) ≈ pay-and-display area

    • zona comercial — [para negocios en general] commercial district; [solo de tiendas] shopping area

    • zona de copas, ¿dónde está la zona de copas? — where do people go out to drink?

    zona marginada — CAm slum area

    zona roja — LAm red-light district

    zona rosa — Méx partly pedestrianized zone, so called because of its pink paving stones

    3) [en edificio, recinto] area

    zona ancha — (Dep) midfield

    zona de castigo — (Dep) sin bin

    zona de penumbra, zona de sombra — (lit) shaded area; (fig) area of secrecy

    zona oscura, las zonas oscuras de la personalidad — the hidden areas of the personality

    las zonas oscuras de la política — the shady o murky areas of politics

    4) (Geog) zone
    5) (Anat, Med) area
    6) (Baloncesto) free-zone lane
    * * *
    1) (área, región) area
    2) ( en baloncesto) free-throw lane, three-second area
    * * *
    = area, zone, bit, radius, area, service area, tract.
    Ex. The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.
    Ex. But now the traditional industrial zone is declining and a new 'technopolis' is proposed for the area.
    Ex. The assistant in charge of a section will see that their bit is kept tidy and will keep an eye open for thieves.
    Ex. The fact that the library can only attract people within a relatively small radius means that it has no alternative but to serve whoever lives -- or works -- in that radius.
    Ex. Libraries usually arrange separate areas where current periodicals, maps, government publications, early printed books and manuscripts are housed.
    Ex. The study examined the relative use of different service areas of the library = El estudio analizó al uso relativo de las diferentes zonas de la biblioteca.
    Ex. Protecting the remaining large tracts of tropical forests is not a financially impossible task.
    ----
    * biblioteca de la zona ártica = arctic library.
    * biblioteca de zona rural = rural library.
    * ciencia de las zonas polares = polar science.
    * de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.
    * dividir en zonas = zone.
    * en la zona de = in the land of.
    * en + Posesivo + zona = in + Posesivo + neck of the woods.
    * ser zona prohibida = be off limits.
    * una zona de = a stretch of.
    * usar sobre la zona afectada = use + topically.
    * zona abierta = open area.
    * zona activa = hot spot.
    * zona alejada = reaches.
    * zona alveolar = alveolar region.
    * zona bélica = war zone.
    * zona béntica, la = benthic zone, the.
    * zona central = midsection [mid-section].
    * zona central de un Lugar = heartland.
    * zona cero = ground zero.
    * zona climática = climatic zone.
    * zona comercial = business district, shopping area, shopping district.
    * zona con aparatos electrónicos = equipment area.
    * zona con césped = grassy area.
    * zona costera = seafront, coastal area.
    * zona de amortiguamiento = buffer zone.
    * zona de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area, landing area.
    * sitio de aterrizaje = landing area.
    * zona de bienestar = comfort zone.
    * zona de captación = catchment area.
    * zona de carga = loading dock, loading bay.
    * zona de columpios y pistas deportivas = playground.
    * zona de comodidad = comfort zone.
    * zona de confort = comfort zone.
    * zona de cultivo del trigo = wheatbelt.
    * zona de descanso = rest area.
    * zona de desempleo = pocket of unemployment.
    * zona de estudio = study area, study facilities.
    * zona de exclusión aérea = no-fly zone.
    * zona de guerra = war zone.
    * zona del centro = midsection [mid-section].
    * zona del euro, la = euro zone, the, euro zone, the, euro area, the.
    * zona del interior = hinterland.
    * zona de los tres estados = tristate area.
    * zona de no fumadores = non-smoking area.
    * zona de ocio = leisure facilities.
    * zona de ocupación = zone of occupation, occupation zone.
    * zona de pasto = feeding ground, grazing area.
    * zona deprimida del centro de la ciudad = inner city.
    * zona de producción de trigo = wheatbelt.
    * zona de recogida de lo sobrante = overflow area.
    * zona de recreo = playground.
    * zona desnuclearizada = nuclear-free zone, nuclear-free.
    * zona despejada = open area.
    * zona de transición = buffer zone.
    * zona dolorida = sore point, sore spot.
    * zona entre mareas = intertidal zone.
    * zona geográfica = geographical area.
    * zona gris = grey area [gray area].
    * zona habitable = living area.
    * zona húmeda = wetland.
    * zona industrial = industrial area.
    * zona interior despoblada = backcountry.
    * zona junto a la playa = beachfront.
    * zona libre de humo = smoke-free zone, smoke-free area.
    * zona limítrofe = fringe area.
    * zona marginada = deprived area.
    * zona menos favorecida = less favoured area.
    * zona neutral = buffer zone.
    * zona pantanosa = marshland, marsh, marshy area, fen.
    * zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.
    * zona para sentarse = seating area.
    * zona peligrosa = no-go area.
    * zona penumbrosa = twilight zone.
    * zona problemática = problem area.
    * zona prohibida = no-go area.
    * zona protegida = safe haven, safe harbour, protected area.
    * zona pública = public area.
    * zona residencial = residential area, suburban area, estate.
    * zona rural = country, rural area, hinterland, countryside, rural region.
    * zona sin cultivar = wildland.
    * zonas inhabitadas del interior = back country.
    * zonas más alejadas = outlying areas.
    * zonas salvajes del interior = back country.
    * zona suburbana = suburban area.
    * zona tampón = buffer zone.
    * zona tectónica = fault zone.
    * zona templada, la = temperate zone, the.
    * zona tórrida, la = torrid zone, the.
    * zona urbana = urban area.
    * zona verde = parkland area, grassy area.
    * * *
    1) (área, región) area
    2) ( en baloncesto) free-throw lane, three-second area
    * * *
    = area, zone, bit, radius, area, service area, tract.

    Ex: The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.

    Ex: But now the traditional industrial zone is declining and a new 'technopolis' is proposed for the area.
    Ex: The assistant in charge of a section will see that their bit is kept tidy and will keep an eye open for thieves.
    Ex: The fact that the library can only attract people within a relatively small radius means that it has no alternative but to serve whoever lives -- or works -- in that radius.
    Ex: Libraries usually arrange separate areas where current periodicals, maps, government publications, early printed books and manuscripts are housed.
    Ex: The study examined the relative use of different service areas of the library = El estudio analizó al uso relativo de las diferentes zonas de la biblioteca.
    Ex: Protecting the remaining large tracts of tropical forests is not a financially impossible task.
    * biblioteca de la zona ártica = arctic library.
    * biblioteca de zona rural = rural library.
    * ciencia de las zonas polares = polar science.
    * de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.
    * dividir en zonas = zone.
    * en la zona de = in the land of.
    * en + Posesivo + zona = in + Posesivo + neck of the woods.
    * ser zona prohibida = be off limits.
    * una zona de = a stretch of.
    * usar sobre la zona afectada = use + topically.
    * zona abierta = open area.
    * zona activa = hot spot.
    * zona alejada = reaches.
    * zona alveolar = alveolar region.
    * zona bélica = war zone.
    * zona béntica, la = benthic zone, the.
    * zona central = midsection [mid-section].
    * zona central de un Lugar = heartland.
    * zona cero = ground zero.
    * zona climática = climatic zone.
    * zona comercial = business district, shopping area, shopping district.
    * zona con aparatos electrónicos = equipment area.
    * zona con césped = grassy area.
    * zona costera = seafront, coastal area.
    * zona de amortiguamiento = buffer zone.
    * zona de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area, landing area.
    * sitio de aterrizaje = landing area.
    * zona de bienestar = comfort zone.
    * zona de captación = catchment area.
    * zona de carga = loading dock, loading bay.
    * zona de columpios y pistas deportivas = playground.
    * zona de comodidad = comfort zone.
    * zona de confort = comfort zone.
    * zona de cultivo del trigo = wheatbelt.
    * zona de descanso = rest area.
    * zona de desempleo = pocket of unemployment.
    * zona de estudio = study area, study facilities.
    * zona de exclusión aérea = no-fly zone.
    * zona de guerra = war zone.
    * zona del centro = midsection [mid-section].
    * zona del euro, la = euro zone, the, euro zone, the, euro area, the.
    * zona del interior = hinterland.
    * zona de los tres estados = tristate area.
    * zona de no fumadores = non-smoking area.
    * zona de ocio = leisure facilities.
    * zona de ocupación = zone of occupation, occupation zone.
    * zona de pasto = feeding ground, grazing area.
    * zona deprimida del centro de la ciudad = inner city.
    * zona de producción de trigo = wheatbelt.
    * zona de recogida de lo sobrante = overflow area.
    * zona de recreo = playground.
    * zona desnuclearizada = nuclear-free zone, nuclear-free.
    * zona despejada = open area.
    * zona de transición = buffer zone.
    * zona dolorida = sore point, sore spot.
    * zona entre mareas = intertidal zone.
    * zona geográfica = geographical area.
    * zona gris = grey area [gray area].
    * zona habitable = living area.
    * zona húmeda = wetland.
    * zona industrial = industrial area.
    * zona interior despoblada = backcountry.
    * zona junto a la playa = beachfront.
    * zona libre de humo = smoke-free zone, smoke-free area.
    * zona limítrofe = fringe area.
    * zona marginada = deprived area.
    * zona menos favorecida = less favoured area.
    * zona neutral = buffer zone.
    * zona pantanosa = marshland, marsh, marshy area, fen.
    * zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.
    * zona para sentarse = seating area.
    * zona peligrosa = no-go area.
    * zona penumbrosa = twilight zone.
    * zona problemática = problem area.
    * zona prohibida = no-go area.
    * zona protegida = safe haven, safe harbour, protected area.
    * zona pública = public area.
    * zona residencial = residential area, suburban area, estate.
    * zona rural = country, rural area, hinterland, countryside, rural region.
    * zona sin cultivar = wildland.
    * zonas inhabitadas del interior = back country.
    * zonas más alejadas = outlying areas.
    * zonas salvajes del interior = back country.
    * zona suburbana = suburban area.
    * zona tampón = buffer zone.
    * zona tectónica = fault zone.
    * zona templada, la = temperate zone, the.
    * zona tórrida, la = torrid zone, the.
    * zona urbana = urban area.
    * zona verde = parkland area, grassy area.

    * * *
    A (área, región) area
    ¿por qué zona viven? what area do they live in?
    en la zona fronteriza in the border area o zone
    zonas montañosas mountainous areas o regions
    por esa zona no hay servicio de autobuses there is no bus service in that area
    fue declarada zona neutral it was declared a neutral zone
    zona de influencia sphere of influence
    [ S ] zona de carga y descarga loading and unloading only
    Compuestos:
    ( Esp) limited-time parking zone, pay-and-display area ( BrE)
    disaster area
    ground zero
    commercial district, business quarter o area
    penalty area
    combat zone o area
    crisis zone
    boarding area
    ( Esp) area of new development
    line of scrimmage
    exclusion zone
    no-fly zone
    war zone
    war zone
    free-trade zone
    maximum security zone o area
    danger area o zone
    test site, testing ground
    departure lounge o area
    nuclear-free zone o area
    red-light district
    erogenous zone
    eurozone
    duty-free zone
    industrial park, industrial estate ( BrE)
    military zone o area
    ( Esp) ( Hist) Nationalist-held territory
    nuclear-free zone o area
    buffer zone
    pedestrian precinct o zone o area
    ( AmL) (zona de prostitución) red-light district; ( Esp fam) (durante la guerra civil) Republican-held territory
    ( Telec) dead zone
    buffer zone
    temperate zone o region
    tropical zone o region
    park, green space
    B (en baloncesto) free-throw lane, three-second area
    * * *

     

    zona sustantivo femenino
    1 (área, región) area;


    ( on signs) zona de carga y descarga loading and unloading only;

    zona de castigo penalty area;
    zona industrial industrial park;
    zona peatonal pedestrian precinct;
    zona roja (AmL) ( zona de prostitución) red-light district;
    zona verde park, green space;
    zona cero ( en Nueva York) ground zero
    2 ( en baloncesto) free-throw lane, three-second area
    zona sustantivo femenino
    1 zone
    2 (de un territorio, gran extensión) area, region
    zona de obras, work area
    zona de operaciones, operational zone
    zona militar, military zone
    zona verde, park, green space
    3 Dep zone
    ' zona' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acampada
    - antinuclear
    - arrasar
    - barrio
    - cabaña
    - ciudad
    - comisionada
    - comisionado
    - concurrida
    - concurrido
    - construcción
    - contingente
    - deprimida
    - deprimido
    - desalojar
    - este
    - expolio
    - franca
    - franco
    - francófona
    - francófono
    - glacial
    - huerta
    - milimétrica
    - milimétrico
    - oasis
    - pacificar
    - peinar
    - peinada
    - peinado
    - rastrear
    - rastreo
    - riego
    - sombra
    - teatro
    - urbanización
    - vecindario
    - vinícola
    - apartado
    - azucarero
    - bajío
    - cabezón
    - campo
    - carga
    - cargue
    - combate
    - comercial
    - concreto
    - conflictivo
    - desértico
    English:
    area
    - belt
    - busing
    - clearance
    - coastal
    - compound
    - country
    - danger area
    - decline
    - demonstrate
    - disaster area
    - enclose
    - enclosure
    - enter
    - grey area
    - industrial area
    - local
    - pedestrianize
    - precinct
    - scour
    - seal off
    - smokeless zone
    - stricken
    - testing ground
    - unemployment
    - waterfront
    - well-known
    - zone
    - area code
    - around
    - canvass
    - catchment area
    - district
    - diverse
    - division
    - extreme
    - -free
    - green
    - ground
    - high
    - incoming
    - industrial
    - inner
    - locally
    - neighborhood
    - no-fly zone
    - off
    - out
    - pedestrian
    - red
    * * *
    zona nf
    1. [espacio, área] zone, area;
    una zona montañosa/turística a mountainous/tourist area;
    la zona norte/sur de la isla the northern/southern part of the island;
    en las zonas más aisladas/pobres in the most remote/poorest areas;
    ¿vives por la zona? [por aquí] do you live around here?;
    ésta es la zona de copas de la ciudad this is the centre of the city's nightlife
    zona azul [de estacionamiento] restricted parking zone;
    zona de carga y descarga loading bay o US zone;
    zona catastrófica disaster area;
    zona centro Br city centre, US downtown;
    zona cero [en Nueva York] ground zero;
    zona climática climatic zone;
    zona comercial shopping area;
    zona conflictiva trouble spot;
    zona de conflicto [en guerra] war zone, battle zone;
    zona edificada built-up area;
    zona erógena erogenous zone;
    zona euro euro zone;
    zona de exclusión exclusion zone;
    Com zona franca free-trade zone;
    zona de no fumadores no-smoking area;
    zona glacial glacial region;
    zona de guerra war zone;
    zona húmeda wetland area;
    zona intermareal intertidal zone;
    Meteo zona de inversión thermal o temperature inversion zone;
    zona de libre comercio free-trade zone;
    zona de marca [en rugby] in-goal area;
    zona militar military area o zone;
    Esp zona nacional [en la guerra] = the area controlled by Nationalist forces during the Spanish Civil War;
    zona peatonal pedestrian area o precinct;
    zona protegida [natural] conservation area;
    zona residencial residential area;
    zona roja Esp [en la guerra] = term used by Nationalists to refer to Republican-controlled areas during the Spanish Civil War;
    Am [de prostitución] red-light district;
    Zona Rosa [en México DF] = elegant tourist and shopping area in Mexico City;
    zona de seguridad [entre países] buffer zone;
    zona templada temperate zone;
    Am Anticuado zona de tolerancia red-light district;
    zona tórrida tropics, Espec torrid zone;
    zona de urgente reindustrialización = region given priority status for industrial investment, Br ≈ enterprise zone;
    zona verde [grande] park, green area;
    [pequeña] lawn
    2. [en baloncesto] [área] key
    3. [en baloncesto] [violación] three-seconds violation
    * * *
    f
    1 area, zone
    2 en baloncesto: parte del campo key; violación three-seconds violation
    * * *
    zona nf
    : zone, district, area
    * * *
    zona n
    1. (área) area
    2. (militar, geográfica) zone

    Spanish-English dictionary > zona

  • 9 разширение

    enlargement, extension, expansion (и физ.)
    разширение на търговия expansion of trade, trade expansion
    разширение на улица widening of a street
    разширениена шосе lay-by
    разширение на вените мед. varix, varicose veins
    разширение на сърцето мед. dilation of the heart
    разширение на умствения кръгозор enlargement of the mental horizon, broadening of o.'s outlook
    * * *
    разширѐние,
    ср., -я enlargement, extension, expansion (и физ.); broadening, widening, spreading; dilation; flare; коефициент на \разширениее физ. expansivity; \разширениее на вените мед. varix, varicose veins; \разширениее на сърцето мед. dilation of the heart; \разширениее на търговия expansion of trade, trade expansion; \разширениее на улица widening of a street; \разширениее на умствения кръгозор broadening of o.’s outlook; \разширениее на шосе lay-by.
    * * *
    enlargement: разширение of the mental horizon - разширение на светогледа; extension; distention{dis`tenSn}; expanse; expansion: influence разширение - разширение на влиянието; varix (мед.)
    * * *
    1. enlargement, extension, expansion (u физ.) 2. РАЗШИРЕНИЕ на вените мед. varix, varicose veins 3. РАЗШИРЕНИЕ на сърцето мед. dilation of the heart 4. РАЗШИРЕНИЕ на търговия expansion of trade, trade expansion 5. РАЗШИРЕНИЕ на улица widening of a street 6. РАЗШИРЕНИЕ на умствения кръгозор enlargement of the mental horizon, broadening of o.'s outlook 7. РАЗШИРЕНИЕна шосе lay-by

    Български-английски речник > разширение

  • 10 εἰς

    εἰς prep. w. acc. (Hom.+; s. the lit. under ἀνά, beg., also ATheimer, Die Präp. εἰς, ἐν, ἐκ im NT: Progr. z. 24. u. 29. Jahresbericht des niederösterr. Landes-Real-u. Obergymnasiums Horn 1896; 1901; AOepke, TW II 418–32), indicating motion into a thing or into its immediate vicinity or relation to something.
    ① extension involving a goal or place, into, in, toward, to
    ⓐ into, toward, to after verbs of going, or those that include motion toward a place (also after subst. as ἄφιξις Tat. 37, 1 or πορεία 38, 1); so after ἄγω, ἀκολουθέω, ἀναβαίνω, ἀνάγω, ἀναχωρέω, ἀνέρχομαι, ἄπειμι, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀποδημέω, ἀποπλέω, γίνομαι δεῦρο, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, διασῴζω, διέρχομαι, διώκω, εἰσάγω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσπορεύομαι, ἐκπηδάω, ἐκπλέω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβάλλω, ἐνδύνω, ἐξέρχομαι, ἐπανάγω, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιστρέφω, ἔρχομαι (s. Goodsp., Probs. 56f), εὐθυδρομέω, ἥκω, καθίζω, καταβαίνω (s. Goodsp., Probs. 52–54), κατάγομαι, καταντάω, καταπλέω, καταφεύγω, κατέρχομαι, μεταβαίνω, ὁρμάω, παραβάλλω, παραγίνομαι, πέτομαι, πλέω, πορείαν ποιοῦμαι, πορεύομαι, προάγω, συμβάλλω, συνάγομαι, συναναβαίνω, συνέρχομαι, ὑπάγω, ὑποστρέφω, ὑποχωρέω, φεύγω, χωρέω; s. these entries.
    α. extension toward, in the direction of, a specific place to be reached. Hence w. nouns that denote an accessible place εἰς τὸν οἶκον into the house Mt 9:7; synagogue Ac 17:10; heaven Lk 2:15; abyss 8:31. φεύγειν εἰς τὰ ὄρη Mk 13:14. W. names of places and countries to Spain Ro 15:24, 28. εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ vs. 25 al. Also on, in εἰς (τὰς) ὁδούς Lk 14:23; Mt 10:5, 10; εἰς ὁδόν Mk 6:8; 10:17. εἰς ἀγρόν 16:12. In another sense ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 3:13; Mt 15:29.—In the vicinity of, near, to (Jos., Vi. 115 εἰς τ. κώμην) εἰς (τὴν) θάλασσαν Mk 7:31; 3:7 v.l.; Mt 17:27. εἰς πόλιν (Hdt. 2, 169; 4, 200, 1; Diod S 15, 32, 2 παραγενόμενος εἰς πόλιν) J 4:5; cp. vs. 28. εἰς τό μνημεῖον 11:31, 38; 20:1, 3f (cp. vs. 6). ἐγγίζειν εἰς (Tob 11:1) Mt 21:1; Mk 11:1; Lk 18:35; 19:29. εἰς τοὺς φραγμούς to the hedges 14:23. κλίνειν τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς τ. γῆν toward the ground 24:5.
    β. with focus on the area within the point reached. After verbs of sending, moving, etc., which result in movement or include a movement of the body to, into, among εἰς τὴν πόλιν into the city Mt 26:18 al.; boat Mt 8:23; J 6:17; world J 1:9; εἰς τ. ναόν 2 Th 2:4; εἰς (τὸ) μέσον (Sir 27:12; cp. 48:17): ἔστη εἰς τὸ μέσον (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 1), he (came and) stood among them J 20:19, 26; cp. Mk 14:60; Lk 6:8, also ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μ. get up and come here Mk 3:3.—δέχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας take in (into) one’s arms Lk 2:28 (cp. Jos., Ant. 8, 28).
    γ. of movement directed at a surface of an area on, in: of striking (PRyl 145, 13f [38 A.D.] ἔδωκεν πληγὰς πλείους εἰς πᾶν μέρος τοῦ σώματος=gave many blows all over his body; cp. PTebt 39, 32) τύπτειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν on the head Mt 27:30 (cp. Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4 ἐμβάλλειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν). ῥαπίζειν εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα on the cheek 5:39.—εἰς τ. ὄμματα Mk 8:23; εἰς τ. ὁδόν 11:8; ἀναπίπτειν εἰς τ. ἔσχατον τόπον sit in the lowest place Lk 14:10; cp. vs. 8. εἰς τὴν χεῖρα, τοὺς πόδας on his hand, his feet Lk 15:22.
    δ. of a position within a certain area be at, be in, be on εἰς is freq. used where ἐν would be expected (s. 1bβ below; for Mark usage s. JO’Rourke, JBL 85, ’66, 349–51)—(Hdt. 7, 239, 1; Diod S 13, 101, 3; 20, 30, 2; Vett. Val. index III p. 394b; PTebt 38, 14 [113 B.C.] εἰς ὸ̔ν ἐνοικεῖ … οἶκον; POxy 294, 6 [22 A.D.]; 929, 12; BGU 385, 5; 423, 7; Kaibel 134; LXX. Cp. GHatzidakis, Einl. in die neugr. Gramm. 1892, 210f; Mlt. 62f, 234f; Rob. 592f; Rdm.2 14; 140; B-D-F §205; EOldenburger, De Or. Sib. Elocutione, diss. Rostock 1903, 26ff) εἰς τ. κοίτην εἶναι Lk 11:7. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Mk 10:10. οἱ εἰς τ. οἶκόν μου (ὄντες) Lk 9:61. οἱ εἰς μακρὰν (ὄντες) Ac 2:39. καθημένου εἰς τὸ ὄρος Mk 13:3 (cp. Musonius 43, 18 H. καθῆσθαι εἰς Σινώπην). ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν (ὤν) he who is in the field 13:16. γίνεσθαι εἰς τὴν Καφαρναούμ happen in Capernaum Lk 4:23. εἰς συναγωγὰς δαρήσεσθε you will be beaten in the synagogues Mk 13:9. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον he found himself in A. Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; Gen 37:17). ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 21:13 (cp. Aelian, VH 7, 8 Ἡφαιστίων εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀπέθανε). κατοικεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 2:5; cp. Mt 2:23; 4:13; Ac 7:4; Hb 11:9 (cp. Thu. 2, 102, 6; X., An. 1, 2, 24; Num 35:33; 2 Ch 19:4). χάριν, εἰς ἣν στῆτε the favor in which you stand 1 Pt 5:12. ἔχειν βιβλίον εἰς τὰς χεῖρας have a book in one’s hands Hv 1, 2, 2. πηλὸς γάρ ἐσμεν εἰς την χεῖρα τοῦ τεχνίτου for we are clay in the hand of the artisan. εἰς ταύτην τὴν πόλιν in this city 2, 4, 3 al.—εἰς=at or on (BGU 845, 20f; τραπέζας … εἰς ἃς ἤσθιον οἱ πτωχοί TestJob 25:5) ὁ ὢν εἰς τ. κόλπον τ. πατρός who leans on the breast (or reclines in the lap) of the Father (=who is on intimate terms w. the Father, s. κόλπος) J 1:18. In AcPlCor 2:35 the prepositions εἰς and ἐν appear to be carefully distinguished: τὰ δεσμὰ εἰς τὰς χείρας ἔχω … καὶ τὰ στίγματα ἐν τῷ σώματί μου.
    ε. of presence in an area determined by other objects, esp. after verbs of sending, moving, etc. including ἀπολύω, ἀποστέλλω, βάλλω, βαπτίζω, δέχομαι, δίδωμι, ἐγκεντρίζω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπέμπω, ἐκχέω, ἐμβάπτω, ἐξαποστέλλω, καθίημι, μεταπέμπομαι, παρακύπτω, πέμπω, χαλάω; s. these entries. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς fall among robbers Lk 10:36. εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mk 4:7; εἰς τ. λαόν Ac 4:17 et al., where the transl. depends on the verb in question. πνεύματος ἁγίου … ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (Μαρίαν) sent into her AcPlCor 2:5; cp. 2:10 ἔπεμψεν εἰς τοὺς προφήτας into the prophets; 2:14 κατέπεμψε … εἰς Μαρίαν.—ἔστη εἰς τὸ κριτήριον she stood before the tribunal GJs 15:2 (difft. J 20:19, 26, s. 1aβ).
    ⓑ of direction toward something without ref. to bodily motion.
    α. w. verbs of looking (fr. Od. 10, 37; Il. 3, 364; LXX) ἀναβλέπειν εἴς τι look up toward someth. (2 Macc 7:28; Sus 35 Theod.) Mk 6:41; Lk 9:16; Ac 22:13; cp. ἀτενίζω, βλέπω, ἐμβλέπω, ὁράω (Just., D. 112, 1).—ἐπαίρειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἴς τινα raise one’s eyes toward someone Lk 6:20.
    β. after verbs of saying, teaching, proclaiming, preaching, etc. (Trag.; Hdt. 8:26, 3; Thu. 1, 72, 2; 5, 45, 1 and many later wr., incl. LXX) λαλεῖν εἰς τ. κόσμον say to the world J 8:26. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εἰς ὅλον τ. κόσμον the gospel in the whole world Mk 14:9. εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 13:10; Lk 24:47. εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Th 2:9. εὐαγγελίζεσθαι εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:16; 1 Pt 1:25; γνωρίζειν Ro 16:26. ἀπαγγέλλειν τι εἴς τινα Mk 5:14; Lk 8:34. διαμαρτύρεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, μαρτυρεῖν εἰς Ῥώμην bear witness in Jerusalem, Rome Ac 23:11. ἵνα εἰς Νινευὴ μὴ κηρύξῃ AcPlCor 2:29. In these and similar cases εἰς approaches ἐν in mng.; s. 1aδ.
    γ. The same is true of βαπτίζεσθαι εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mk 1:9 and νίπτεσθαι εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν J 9:7; these expr. look like exx. of the interchange of εἰς and ἐν, but were orig. formed on the analogy of X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5 ἀποκαθαίρει τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὰ χειρόμακτρα= lit. ‘into the towels’; cp. Epict. 3, 22, 71 ἵνʼ αὐτὸ (sc. τὸ παιδίον) λούσῃ εἰς σκάφην; Alciphron, Ep. 3, 7, 1; Athen. 10, 438e.
    ② extension in time, to, until, on
    ⓐ w. indication of specific time
    α. up to which someth. continues εἰς τέλος to the end (Epict. 1, 7, 17) Mt 10:22; 24:13; Mk 13:13. εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν until that day 2 Ti 1:12 (Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμέραν). εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ Phil 1:10. εἰς Χριστόν until the coming of the Messiah Gal 3:24.
    β. for or on which someth. happens μεριμνᾶν εἰς τὴν αὔριον be anxious for tomorrow Mt 6:34; cp. Hs 6, 5, 3; εἰς τὸ μέλλον for the future 1 Ti 6:19. εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον on the next Sabbath Ac 13:42. εἰς ἡμέραν (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.]) for the day Phil 2:16; cp. Eph 4:30; Rv 9:15.
    γ. at which someth. takes place (Appian, Mithrid. 74 §321 ἐς ἑσπέραν=in the evening; Epict. 4, 10, 31 αὔριον ἢ εἰς τὴν τρίτην; En 1:1 οἵτινες ἔσονται εἰς ἡμέραν ἀνάγκης) εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν in their time Lk 1:20; εἰς τὸ μέλλον in the future 13:9. εἰς τέλος in the end, finally (Hdt. 3, 403; Gen 46:4; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 18, 2) 18:5 (B-D-F §207, 3 prefers mng. 3 below and ὑπωπιάζω 3; s. also Mlt-Turner 266). εἰς τὸ πάλιν=πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2; s. Schmid I 167; II 129; III 282; IV 455; 625. εἰς ταχεῖαν soon AcPlCor 2:3.
    ⓑ to indicate duration of time for, throughout (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 16 Jac. εἰς νύκτα; Arrian, Anab. 4, 30, 1 ἐς τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Just., D. 2, 5 εἰς μακρὰν for a long time) εἰς ἔτη πολλά for many years Lk 12:19. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας (αἰών 1b) forever Mt 21:19; Mk 3:29; 11:14; Lk 1:33; J 8:35 and oft. εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος to the day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18. εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεάς for generation after generation Lk 1:50. εἰς τὸ διηνεκές forever Hb 7:3; 10:1, 12, 14 (cp. Thu. 2, 64, 3 ἐς ἀί̈διον).
    ③ marker of degree, up to: εἰς τέλος completely, fully, absolutely (s. Just, A I, 44, 12 and on τέλος 2bγ) 1 Th 2:16; B 4:7; 19:11; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 2, 3; Hs 8, 6, 4; 8, 8, 5; 8, 9, 3.—J 13:1 combines in εἰς τέλος the mngs. to the end (s. 2aα above) and to the uttermost (cp. Appian, Mithrid. 58 §239 ἡμῶν ἀμυναμένων ἤδη καὶ ἀμυνουμένων ἐς τέλος=we have defended ourselves up to now and will defend ourselves ἐς τέλος). εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα 2 Cor 10:13, 15 (cp. PVat A 12=Witkowski 36, 12 [168 B.C.] εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα). εἰς περισσείαν 10:15. εἰς ὑπερβολήν (Eur., Hipp. 939; Aeschin., F. Leg. 4) 4:17. εἰς τὸ παντελές (q.v. 2) Lk 13:11; Hb 7:25 (Tat. 6, 1).
    ④ marker of goals involving affective/abstract/suitability aspects, into, to
    ⓐ of entry into a state of being w. verbs of going, coming, leading, etc., used in a fig. sense: ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον Mt 25:46 (cp. Sir 41:10). εἰσφέρειν εἰς πειρασμόν 6:13. πορεύεσθαι εἰς θάνατον Lk 22:33. ὑπάγειν εἰς ἀπώλειαν Rv 17:8, 11. βάλλειν εἰς θλῖψιν 2:22. παραδιδόναι εἰς θλῖψιν Mt 24:9; cp. 2 Cor 4:11; Lk 24:20. συγκλείειν εἰς ἀπείθειαν Ro 11:32. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς κρίμα 1 Ti 3:6f; cp. 6:9 (and Ath. 24, 5 εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν πεσόντες παρθένων). ἄγειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Ro 2:4; cp. Hb 2:10 εἰς δόξαν. (Just., A I, 10, 4 εἰς πίστιν; 42, 11 εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ ἀνάμνησιν.) αἰχμαλωτίζειν εἰς ὑπακοήν 2 Cor 10:5. ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Hb 6:6; cp. 2:10. Sim. ἀπάγω, ἀποβαίνω, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσφέρω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐλευθερόω, ἐπιστρέφω, κατευθύνω, μεταβαίνω, ὁδηγέω et al.; s. these entries.
    ⓑ of change from one state to another w. verbs of changing: στρέφειν (Esth 4:17h; 1 Macc 1:39), μεταστρέφειν (Sir 11:31; 1 Macc 9:41; 3 Macc 6:22) τι εἴς τι Rv 11:6; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); Js 4:9. μεταλλάσσειν Ro 1:26. μετασχηματίζεσθαι (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 11:13f; μετατίθεσθαι εἰς turn away to Gal 1:6.
    ⓒ of actions or feelings directed in someone’s direction in hostile or friendly sense (Thu. 1, 38; 66; 130; X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5; Paus. 7, 9, 3; 7, 10, 2; Aelian, VH 11, 10).
    α. in a hostile sense (Arrian, Anab. 1, 1, 4; PEleph 1, 9 [311/310 B.C.] κακοτεχνεῖν εἰς Δημητρίαν; UPZ 170b, 47 [127 B.C.]): ἁμαρτάνειν εἴς τινα (Herodian 7, 9, 11; EpJer 12; Jdth 5:20; 11:10) sin against someone Lk 15:18, 21. βλασφημεῖν εἴς τινα (Bel 8 Theod.; Just., D. 122, 2) defame someone Mk 3:29; Lk 12:10; 22:65; θαρρεῖν εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:1. ψεύδεσθαι εἴς τινα (Sus 55; 59 Theod.) Col 3:9. Also w. nouns and adj. (Paus. 7, 8, 4; PFay 12, 7 [c. 103 B.C.] ἀδικήματα εἴς με; En 97:7 μνημόσυνον εἰς ὑμᾶς κακόν) Ac 6:11; 23:30; Ro 8:7.
    β. in a friendly sense: μακροθυμεῖν 2 Pt 3:9. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Ro 12:16. So also πιστεύειν εἴς τινα trust or believe in someone Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42 and oft. (s. πιστεύω 1aε). Also w. nouns (OGI 49, 10 [III B.C.] φιλοτιμία εἰς; 51, 4; UPZ 22, 18 [162 B.C.]; 39, 5 εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσέβεια; 2 Macc 9:26 εὔνοια; Tat. 16:2 τῆς εἰς αὐτοὺς [δαίμονας] θρησκείας) ἀγάπη Ro 5:8; 2 Cor 2:4, 8; Col 1:4; 1 Th 3:12. ἐλπίς (2 Macc 9:20; Synes., Ep. 104 p. 264a εἰς τὸν κομήτην ἐ.) Ac 24:15. κοινωνία Phil 1:5 (Tat. 18, 2); πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22. δύναμις Eph 1:19. πίστις (Jos., Ant. 16, 48; 18, 334) Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5; and adj. φιλόξενος 1 Pt 4:9; χρηστός Eph 4:32. διακονία Ro 15:31 (cp. the v.l. Ac 12:25 and s. JDupont, NovT 1, ’56, 275–303); 2 Cor 8:4. The context of 1 Pt 1:11 suggests consolation of Christians for the sufferings they endure in a hostile environment, hence REB: sufferings in Christ’s cause; for εἰς Χρ. construed genitivally (UPZ 180a II, 2 [113 B.C.] χωρὶς τοῦ εἰς αὐτὴν οἴκου; PTebt 16:9f contains a restoration of εἰς) s. NRSV ‘sufferings destined for Christ’ (for a parallel expr. in a hostile sense cp. Polyb. 1, 7, 12 τῆς εἰς ἐκείνους τιμωρίας; 1, 69, 7; 38, 1 [4], 13; s. [s.v. ἀνά beg.] Kuhring 13; Rudberg 201).
    ⓓ w. the vocation, use, or end indicated for, as: αἱρέομαι εἴς τι 2 Th 2:13. ἀφορίζω Ro 1:1; Ac 13:2. προγράφω Ro 15:4; Jd 4. ἀποστέλλω Hb 1:14. πέμπω Phil 4:16; 1 Th 3:2, 5. ποιῶ τι εἰς 1 Cor 10:31; 11:24. S. also under κεῖμαι, προορίζω, τάσσω, τίθημι.—εἰμὶ εἴς τι serve as someth. (s. εἰμί 6; also ins 134, 33ff fr. the Delphinion at Miletus [I A.D.] 1914; s. Dssm., LO 97, 1 [LAE 123]; Ar. 5, 1 ὕδωρ … εἰς χρῆσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων γέγονε) 1 Cor 14:22; for destruction Col 2:22; as a testimony Js 5:3. Used w. a noun σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἀτιμίαν a vessel meant for honorable, dishonorable use Ro 9:21; cp. vs. 22f; 2 Ti 2:20f; φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν Rv 22:2. φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν a light serving as a revelation Lk 2:32. θεράπων εἰς μαρτύριον τῶν λαληθησομένων a servant to bear witness to what would be said Hb 3:5. (Cp. Just., A I, 66, 1 τὸ … εἰς ἀναγέννησιν λουτρόν). W. acc. of pers. (Just., A II, 12, 4 συκοφαντίᾳ τῇ εἰς ἡμᾶς; Tat. 17, 3 τὴν εἰς τοὺς μεμηνότας βοήθειαν) ἡ εἰς ὑμᾶς χάρις the grace meant for you 1 Pt 1:10. διδόναι εἴς τι pay out for someth., money for a field Mt 27:10.
    ⓔ w. the result of an action or condition indicated into, to, so that: αὐξάνειν εἰς ναόν grow into a temple Eph 2:21. πληροῦσθαι εἴς τι 3:19. λυπηθῆναι εἰς μετάνοιαν be grieved so that repentance takes place 2 Cor 7:9. Of prayer ἀναβαίνειν εἰς μνημόσυνον Ac 10:4. ὁμολογεῖν εἰς σωτηρίαν confess to salvation = so as to receive salvation Ro 10:10; cp. 1:16; 1 Pt 2:2; εἰς ἔπαινον κτλ. to praise etc. 1 Pt 1:7; εἰς βοήθειαν (1 Ch 12:17; Jdth 6:21; JosAs 23:4) Hb 4:16; cp. 10:39; Rv 13:3; Ro 6:16; 8:15; 13:4, 14; 1 Cor 11:34; 2 Cor 2:16 al.; εἰς κενόν (s. κενός 3) 2 Cor 6:1; Gal 2:2; Phil 2:16; 1 Th 3:5. σχίζειν εἰς δύο tear in two Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38. Cp. GPt 5:20 (cp. Polyb. 2, 16, 11; Lucian, Symp. 44, Tox. 54; 1 Km 15:29; Tob 5:3 S; 1 Macc 9:11; Ath. 18, 3 ᾠὸν … εἰς δύο ἐρράγη). W. subst. inf. foll. so that Ro 1:20; 3:26; 4:18; 6:12; 7:4; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 2:10f; Hb 11:3 al.
    ⓕ to denote purpose in order to, to (Appian, Liby. 101 §476 ἐς ἔκπληξιν=in order to frighten; Just., A I, 21, 4 εἰς προτροπήν ‘to spur on’) εἰς ἄγραν in order to catch someth. Lk 5:4. εἰς ἀπάντησιν, συνάντησιν, ὑπάντησίν τινι (s. these 3 entries) to meet someone, toward someone Mt 8:34; 25:1; J 12:13. εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς as a witness, i.e. proof, to them Mt 8:4; 10:18; 24:14 al. εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν for forgiveness of sins, so that sins might be forgiven Mt 26:28; cp. Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; Ac 2:38. εἰς μνημόσυνόν τινος in memory of someone Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; cp. Lk 22:19 al. (εἰς μνημόσυνον En 99:3). εἰς ὅ for which purpose (Hdt. 2, 103, 1) Col 1:29; otherw. 2 Th 1:11 with this in view; εἰς τί; why? (Wsd 4:17; Sir 39:16, 21) Mt 14:31; Mk 14:4; 15:34; Hm 2:5; D 1:5. εἰς τοῦτο for this reason or purpose Mk 1:38; Lk 4:43 v.l.; J 18:37; Ac 9:21; 26:16; Ro 9:17; 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1J 3:8; Hs 1:9 (Just., A I, 13, 3). εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very reason 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. W. subst. inf. foll. (X., Ages. 9, 3, Mem. 3, 6, 2; Just., A I, 9, 5) in order to (oft. LXX; neg. μή in order not to; s. B-D-F §402, 2) Mt 20:19; 26:2; 27:31; Mk 14:55 and oft.—εἰς ὁδόν for the journey 6:8.
    ⓖ As in Mod. Gk., it is used for the dat., esp. the dat. of advantage, but also= for in general (X., An. 3, 3, 19 τ. ἵππους εἰς ἱππέας κατασκευάσωμεν; Lycurg. 85 διεκαρτέρουν εἰς τ. πατρίδα; UPZ 180a I, 7 [113 B.C.] τὸν εἰς Τάγην οἶκον ᾠκοδομημένον; BGU 37, 4f [51 A.D.] ξύλα εἰς τοὺς ἐλαιῶνάς μου wood for my olive orchards; PLond I, 43, 9 p. 48 [II B.C.]; PTebt 5, 77; POxy 37 I, 9; EpJer 9; Sir 37:7, cp. vs. 8; Jdth 14:2; Bel 3 Theod., vs. 22 LXX) εἰς πάντα τ. λαόν Lk 9:13; cp. 3J 5. εἰς ἡμᾶς Eph 1:19; cp. Col 1:25; 1 Th 4:10; Ro 10:12. χρείαν ἔχειν εἰς τ. ἑορτήν J 13:29; cp. Mk 8:19f; Gal 2:8; 1 Th 2:9; 5:15 et al.—εἰς is commonly used in speaking of the person for whom a payment etc. is made (Dssm., B 113–15; NB 23 [BS 117f; 194f]) 1 Cor 16:1; 2 Cor 8:4; 9:1, 13; Ro 15:26; Ac 24:17. εἰς λόγον τινός in an account for someth. (POxy 275, 19; 21 [66 A.D.]; 496, 10; 530, 15) Phil 4:15; cp. vs. 17. εἰς Χριστόν Phlm 6 prob. in honor of Christ (Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 7, 4 p. 266 εἰς θεούς; Pla., Lysis 205d ᾂδεις εἰς σαυτὸν ἐγκώμιον; Ps.-Pla., Minos 319c; Athen. 15, 667c; Synes., Ep. 75 p. 222b).
    ⑤ marker of a specific point of reference, for, to, with respect to, with reference to (Arrian, Anab. 6, 26, 3 τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον εἰς καρτερίαν ἐπαινῶ Ἀλεξάνδρου=I praise this deed with regard to Alexander’s endurance; Ath. 31, 1 οὐδὲν χείρους εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον ‘none the worse in respect to excellence’) εὔθετος εἴς τι fit, suitable for someth. Lk 14:35; also εὔχρηστος 2 Ti 4:11. ἡτοιμασμένος ready for 2:21. εὐκαιρέω εἴς τι Ac 17:21. ἱκανόω Col 1:12. ἰσχύω Mt 5:13. περισσεύω 2 Cor 9:8. συνεργέω Ro 8:28. τοῦτο οὐκ εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας λέγω I say this not with reference to these days Hs 9, 26, 6.—After the verbs ἀπορέομαι, διακρίνομαι, καυχάομαι, παρρησίαν ἔχω, s. these entries. After the adj. ἄκαρπος, ἀκέραιος, βραδύς, σοφός, συνεργός, ὑπήκοος, φρόνιμος, s. these entries. W. acc. of pers. ἀσθενεῖν εἴς τινα be weak toward someone 2 Cor 13:3. εὐδοκεῖν 2 Pt 1:17. λέγειν εἴς τινα say w. reference to someone (Diod S 11, 50, 4; Just., D. 77, 1 εἰς Χριστὸν … εἰρῆσθαι) Ac 2:25.—On Ro 6:17 s. παραδίδωμι 1b end. δέχομαί τινα εἰς ὄνομά τινος Mt 10:41f; s. ὄνομα 1dγא.
    ⑥ marker of a guarantee, by ὀμνύναι εἴς τι swear by someth. Mt 5:35 (cp. PGiss 66, 8f [early II A.D.] ἐρωτῶ εἰς τὴν τ. θεῶν εὐσέβειαν; but the sole use of εἰς in a series of datives w. ἐν may reflect bilingualism; for prob. Hb. perspective, s. M’Neile, comm. ad loc).
    ⑦ distributive marker: w. numbers εἰς is distributive ‘-fold’ (cp. ἐστρίς ‘until three times’ Pind., O. 2, 68; GDI IV p. 884, n62, 36 [IV B.C.]) Mk 4:8 v.l. (otherw. ἐς τετρακοσίους, ἐς ὀγδοήκοντα about 400, about 80: Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 2; 6, 2, 4; 7, 20, 3).
    ⑧ The predicate nom. and the predicate acc. are somet. replaced by εἰς w. acc. under Semitic influence, which has strengthened Gk. tendencies in the same direction:
    ⓐ predicate nom.
    α. w. γίνεσθαι (PFay 119, 34 [100 A.D.] ἵνα μὴ εἰς ψωμίον γένηται; Wsd 14:11; 1 Macc 1:36; 10:70; Jdth 5:10, 18 al.) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:22). ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Lk 13:19; cp. J 16:20; Ac 5:36; Rv 8:11; 16:19.
    β. w. εἶναι (Bar 2:23; Jdth 5:21, 24; Sir 31:10 et al.) Mt 19:5 (Gen 2:24); Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5; 8:10 (in the last 3 pass. OT expressions are also reproduced). Not fr. the OT: 1J 5:8.
    γ. λογίζεσθαι εἰς (Wsd 2:16; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6); cp. 2:26; 9:8. λ. εἰς οὐθέν (Is 40:17; Wsd 3:17; cp. 9:6) Ac 19:27.
    ⓑ predicate acc. (Heliod. 6, 14, 1 τ. πήραν εἰς καθέδραν ποιησαμένη=she used the knapsack as a seat; Vett. Val. 59, 7; 1 Macc 10:54; 11:62; Jdth 5:11 al.; JosAs 13:12 παράθου με αὐτῷ εἰς παιδίσκην) ἐγείρειν τινὰ εἰς βασιλέα Ac 13:22 (cp. 1 Km 13:14). ἀνατρέφεσθαί τινα εἰς υἱόν 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10). τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν 13:47 (cp. Is 49:6). Cp. Mt 21:46; 1 Cl 42:4.—B-D-F §145; 157, 5; Rdm.2 20f; Mlt. 71f; Mlt-H. 462. Johannessohn, Kasus 4f.
    ⑨ marker of instrumentality, by, with (Arrian, Anab. 5, 12, 3 ἐς ἀκρίβειαν=with care; Vi. Aesopi I G 7 P. νικᾶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν πάντα ψόγον=overcome all censure with piety) εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων Ac 7:53 (=ἐν διαταγαῖς, B-D-F §206, 1). Sim. ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην (1 Km 1:17) Mk 5:34; Lk 7:50; 8:48 (=ἐν εἰρήνῃ). Mlt-Turner 254f.
    ⑩ Other uses of εἰς
    ⓐ at, in the face of μετανοεῖν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα repent at the proclamation Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32; cp. Ro 4:20 and perh. Mt 3:11. JMantey, JBL 70, ’51, 45–48, 309–11 argues for a causal use here because of the proclam., with reff.; against him RMarcus, ibid. 129f; 71, ’52, 43f; JDavis, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 80–88.
    ⓑ for βαπτίζω εἰς s. βαπτίζω 2c.
    ⓒ μένειν εἰς remain with (PFay 111, 12 [95/96 A.D.]) so perh. J 6:27.
    ⓓ in pregnant constructions: σῴζειν εἰς bring safely into 2 Ti 4:18 (cp. X., An. 6, 4, 8; Diod S 2, 48; Cebes 27; SIG 521, 26 [III B.C.], OGI 56, 11; 4 Macc 15:3). διασῴζειν 1 Pt 3:20 (cp. Gen 19:19). μισθοῦσθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τ. ἀμπελῶνα to go into the vineyard Mt 20:1. ἐλευθεροῦσθαι εἰς be freed and come to Ro 8:21. ἀποδιδόναι τινὰ εἰς Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 37:28). ἔνοχος εἰς τ. γέενναν Mt 5:22; cp. 10:9; Mk 6:8; J 20:7.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰς

  • 11 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    ① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    ② marker of a state or condition, in
    ⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    ③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    ④ marker of close association within a limit, in
    ⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    ⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    ⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    ⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    ⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    ⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    ⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    ⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    ⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    ⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 12 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 13 Arm

    m; -(e)s, -e
    1. arm; ein / zwei Arm voll Bücher an armful / two armfuls of books; am Arm führen / nehmen lead / take s.o. by the arm; auf den Arm nehmen (Kind) (hochheben) pick up; (tragen) carry; fig. pull s.o.’s leg; jemanden im Arm oder in den Armen halten embrace s.o., hold s.o. in one’s arms; in die Arme nehmen oder schließen hug, embrace; den Arm um jemanden legen put one’s arm (a)round s.o.; seine Arme um jemandes Hals schlingen hug s.o., put ( oder wrap) one’s arms around s.o.; jemandem in die Arme laufen fig. bump ( oder run) into s.o.; jemandem in den Arm fallen hold s.o. back, stop s.o.; sich jemandem in die Arme werfen throw o.s. into s.o.’s arms; sich einer Sache in die Arme werfen fig. launch into s.th. with a vengeance; jemanden einer Sache / jemandem in die Arme treiben fig.: drive s.o. to s.th. / into s.o.’s arms; jemandem unter die Arme greifen fig. help s.o. out ( mit with); jemanden mit offenen Armen empfangen fig. welcome s.o. with open arms; jemanden am ausgestreckten Arm verhungern lassen fig. put the screws ( oder squeeze) on s.o. umg.; einen langen Arm haben fig. have a lot of pull ( oder clout); den längeren Arm haben fig. have more pull (Am. clout) ( oder the whip hand); jemandes verlängerter Arm fig. the tool ( oder instrument) of s.o.; der Arm des Gesetzes fig. the (long) arm of the law
    2. (Ärmel) sleeve
    3. ZOOL. (Fangarm) tentacle
    4. eines Flusses: tributary; toter: backwater, dead branch; eines Leuchters: branch
    * * *
    der Arm
    (Fluss) branch;
    * * *
    Ạrm [arm]
    m -(e)s, -e(ANAT, TECH fig)
    arm; (von Fluss, Baum) branch; (von Waage) beam; (= Ärmel) sleeve

    Arm in Arm — arm in arm

    über/unter den Arm — over/under one's arm

    die Arme voll haben — to have one's arms full

    jds Arm nehmen — to take sb's arm, to take sb by the arm

    or reichen — to offer sb one's arm

    jdn am Arm führen — to lead sb by the arm

    jdm/sich in die Arme fallen or sinken — to fall into sb's/each other's arms

    jdn auf den Arm nehmen — to take sb onto one's arm; (fig inf) to pull sb's leg (inf)

    jdm in die Arme laufen (fig inf) — to run or bump (inf) into sb

    jdm in den Arm fallen (fig) — to put a spoke in sb's wheel (Brit), to spike sb's guns (Brit), to throw sb a curve ball (US)

    sich jdm/einer Sache in die Arme werfen (fig) — to throw oneself at sb/into sth

    jdn jdm/einer Sache in die Arme treiben (fig) — to drive sb into sb's arms/to sth

    jdn am steifen Arm verhungern lassen (lit hum) — to get sb in an armlock; (fig) to put the screws on sb (inf)

    einen langen/den längeren Arm haben (fig) — to have a lot of/more pull (inf) or influence

    * * *
    der
    1) (the part of the body between the shoulder and the hand: He has broken both his arms.) arm
    2) (anything shaped like or similar to this: She sat on the arm of the chair.) arm
    3) (having little money or property: She is too poor to buy clothes for the children; the poor nations of the world.) poor
    4) (deserving pity: Poor fellow!) poor
    * * *
    <-[e]s, -e>
    [arm]
    m
    1. ANAT arm
    jdm den \Arm bieten [o reichen] (geh) to offer [or lend] sb one's arm
    jdn am \Arm führen to lead sb by the arm
    jdn im \Arm [o in den \Armen] halten to embrace sb, to hold sb in one's arms
    sich akk in den \Armen liegen to lie in each other's arms
    sich akk aus jds dat \Armen lösen to free oneself from sb's embrace
    ein Kind/ein Tier auf den \Arm nehmen to pick up a child/an animal
    jdn in die \Arme nehmen to take sb in one's arms
    jdn in die \Arme schließen (geh) to embrace sb
    jdm den \Arm umdrehen to twist sb's arm
    mit den \Armen rudern [o die \Arme schwenken] to wave one's arms
    \Arm in \Arm arm in arm
    2. (Zugriff) grip
    3. (Flussarm) arm [or branch] of a river
    4. MODE (Ärmel) sleeve, arm
    5.
    ▶ jdm in den \Arm fallen to get in sb's way, to spike sb's guns
    ▶ der \Arm der Gerechtigkeit (geh) the long arm of justice
    ▶ der \Arm des Gesetzes (geh) the long arm of the law
    ▶ jdm [mit etw dat] unter die \Arme greifen to help sb out [with sth]
    ▶ einen langen/den längeren \Arm haben to have a lot of/more influence [or clout] fam
    ▶ jdn am langen [o steifen] \Arm verhungern lassen (fam) to put the screws on sb fam
    ▶ jdm in die \Arme laufen (fam) to bump fam [or run] into sb
    ▶ jdn auf den \Arm nehmen to pull sb's leg fam
    ▶ jdn jdm in die \Arme treiben to drive sb into the arms of sb
    ▶ jdn mit offenen \Armen empfangen to welcome sb with open arms
    ▶ jds verlängerter \Arm sb's right-hand man
    * * *
    der; Arm[e]s, Arme
    1) arm

    jemandes Arm nehmen — take somebody's arm; take somebody by the arm

    sich (Dat.) in den Armen liegen — lie in each other's or one another's arms

    den längeren Arm haben — (fig. ugs.) have more clout (coll.)

    jemandes verlängerter Arm sein — (fig.) be somebody's tool or instrument

    jemanden auf den Arm nehmen — (fig. ugs.) have somebody on (Brit. coll.); pull somebody's leg

    jemandem in die Arme laufen — bump or run into somebody

    jemandem [mit etwas] unter die Arme greifen — help somebody out [with something]; s. auch Bein 1)

    3) (Ärmel) arm; sleeve

    ein Hemd/eine Bluse mit halbem Arm — a short-sleeved shirt/blouse

    * * *
    Arm m; -(e)s, -e
    1. arm;
    am Arm führen/nehmen lead/take sb by the arm;
    auf den Arm nehmen (Kind) (hochheben) pick up; (tragen) carry; fig pull sb’s leg;
    in den Armen halten embrace sb, hold sb in one’s arms;
    schließen hug, embrace;
    den Arm um jemanden legen put one’s arm (a)round sb;
    seine Arme um jemandes Hals schlingen hug sb, put ( oder wrap) one’s arms around sb;
    jemandem in die Arme laufen fig bump ( oder run) into sb;
    jemandem in den Arm fallen hold sb back, stop sb;
    sich jemandem in die Arme werfen throw o.s. into sb’s arms;
    sich einer Sache in die Arme werfen fig launch into sth with a vengeance;
    jemanden einer Sache/jemandem in die Arme treiben fig: drive sb to sth/into sb’s arms;
    mit with);
    jemanden mit offenen Armen empfangen fig welcome sb with open arms;
    jemanden am ausgestreckten Arm verhungern lassen fig put the screws ( oder squeeze) on sb umg;
    einen langen Arm haben fig have a lot of pull ( oder clout);
    den längeren Arm haben fig have more pull (US clout) ( oder the whip hand);
    jemandes verlängerter Arm fig the tool ( oder instrument) of sb;
    der Arm des Gesetzes fig the (long) arm of the law;
    2. (Ärmel) sleeve
    3. ZOOL (Fangarm) tentacle
    4. eines Flusses: tributary; toter: backwater, dead branch; eines Leuchters: branch
    * * *
    der; Arm[e]s, Arme
    1) arm

    jemandes Arm nehmen — take somebody's arm; take somebody by the arm

    sich (Dat.) in den Armen liegen — lie in each other's or one another's arms

    den längeren Arm haben — (fig. ugs.) have more clout (coll.)

    jemandes verlängerter Arm sein — (fig.) be somebody's tool or instrument

    jemanden auf den Arm nehmen — (fig. ugs.) have somebody on (Brit. coll.); pull somebody's leg

    jemandem in die Arme laufen — bump or run into somebody

    jemandem [mit etwas] unter die Arme greifen — help somebody out [with something]; s. auch Bein 1)

    3) (Ärmel) arm; sleeve

    ein Hemd/eine Bluse mit halbem Arm — a short-sleeved shirt/blouse

    * * *
    -e m.
    arm n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Arm

  • 14 arm

    m; -(e)s, -e
    1. arm; ein / zwei Arm voll Bücher an armful / two armfuls of books; am Arm führen / nehmen lead / take s.o. by the arm; auf den Arm nehmen (Kind) (hochheben) pick up; (tragen) carry; fig. pull s.o.’s leg; jemanden im Arm oder in den Armen halten embrace s.o., hold s.o. in one’s arms; in die Arme nehmen oder schließen hug, embrace; den Arm um jemanden legen put one’s arm (a)round s.o.; seine Arme um jemandes Hals schlingen hug s.o., put ( oder wrap) one’s arms around s.o.; jemandem in die Arme laufen fig. bump ( oder run) into s.o.; jemandem in den Arm fallen hold s.o. back, stop s.o.; sich jemandem in die Arme werfen throw o.s. into s.o.’s arms; sich einer Sache in die Arme werfen fig. launch into s.th. with a vengeance; jemanden einer Sache / jemandem in die Arme treiben fig.: drive s.o. to s.th. / into s.o.’s arms; jemandem unter die Arme greifen fig. help s.o. out ( mit with); jemanden mit offenen Armen empfangen fig. welcome s.o. with open arms; jemanden am ausgestreckten Arm verhungern lassen fig. put the screws ( oder squeeze) on s.o. umg.; einen langen Arm haben fig. have a lot of pull ( oder clout); den längeren Arm haben fig. have more pull (Am. clout) ( oder the whip hand); jemandes verlängerter Arm fig. the tool ( oder instrument) of s.o.; der Arm des Gesetzes fig. the (long) arm of the law
    2. (Ärmel) sleeve
    3. ZOOL. (Fangarm) tentacle
    4. eines Flusses: tributary; toter: backwater, dead branch; eines Leuchters: branch
    * * *
    der Arm
    (Fluss) branch;
    * * *
    Ạrm [arm]
    m -(e)s, -e(ANAT, TECH fig)
    arm; (von Fluss, Baum) branch; (von Waage) beam; (= Ärmel) sleeve

    über/unter den Arm — over/under one's arm

    die Arme voll haben — to have one's arms full

    jds Arm nehmen — to take sb's arm, to take sb by the arm

    or reichen — to offer sb one's arm

    jdn am Arm führen — to lead sb by the arm

    jdm/sich in die Arme fallen or sinken — to fall into sb's/each other's arms

    jdn auf den Arm nehmen — to take sb onto one's arm; (fig inf) to pull sb's leg (inf)

    jdm in die Arme laufen (fig inf) — to run or bump (inf) into sb

    jdm in den Arm fallen (fig) — to put a spoke in sb's wheel (Brit), to spike sb's guns (Brit), to throw sb a curve ball (US)

    sich jdm/einer Sache in die Arme werfen (fig) — to throw oneself at sb/into sth

    jdn jdm/einer Sache in die Arme treiben (fig) — to drive sb into sb's arms/to sth

    jdn am steifen Arm verhungern lassen (lit hum) — to get sb in an armlock; (fig) to put the screws on sb (inf)

    einen langen/den längeren Arm haben (fig) — to have a lot of/more pull (inf) or influence

    * * *
    der
    1) (the part of the body between the shoulder and the hand: He has broken both his arms.) arm
    2) (anything shaped like or similar to this: She sat on the arm of the chair.) arm
    3) (having little money or property: She is too poor to buy clothes for the children; the poor nations of the world.) poor
    4) (deserving pity: Poor fellow!) poor
    * * *
    <-[e]s, -e>
    [arm]
    m
    1. ANAT arm
    jdm den \Arm bieten [o reichen] (geh) to offer [or lend] sb one's arm
    jdn am \Arm führen to lead sb by the arm
    jdn im \Arm [o in den \Armen] halten to embrace sb, to hold sb in one's arms
    sich akk in den \Armen liegen to lie in each other's arms
    sich akk aus jds dat \Armen lösen to free oneself from sb's embrace
    ein Kind/ein Tier auf den \Arm nehmen to pick up a child/an animal
    jdn in die \Arme nehmen to take sb in one's arms
    jdn in die \Arme schließen (geh) to embrace sb
    jdm den \Arm umdrehen to twist sb's arm
    mit den \Armen rudern [o die \Arme schwenken] to wave one's arms
    \Arm in \Arm arm in arm
    2. (Zugriff) grip
    3. (Flussarm) arm [or branch] of a river
    4. MODE (Ärmel) sleeve, arm
    5.
    ▶ jdm in den \Arm fallen to get in sb's way, to spike sb's guns
    ▶ der \Arm der Gerechtigkeit (geh) the long arm of justice
    ▶ der \Arm des Gesetzes (geh) the long arm of the law
    ▶ jdm [mit etw dat] unter die \Arme greifen to help sb out [with sth]
    ▶ einen langen/den längeren \Arm haben to have a lot of/more influence [or clout] fam
    ▶ jdn am langen [o steifen] \Arm verhungern lassen (fam) to put the screws on sb fam
    ▶ jdm in die \Arme laufen (fam) to bump fam [or run] into sb
    ▶ jdn auf den \Arm nehmen to pull sb's leg fam
    ▶ jdn jdm in die \Arme treiben to drive sb into the arms of sb
    ▶ jdn mit offenen \Armen empfangen to welcome sb with open arms
    ▶ jds verlängerter \Arm sb's right-hand man
    * * *
    der; Arm[e]s, Arme
    1) arm

    jemandes Arm nehmen — take somebody's arm; take somebody by the arm

    sich (Dat.) in den Armen liegen — lie in each other's or one another's arms

    den längeren Arm haben — (fig. ugs.) have more clout (coll.)

    jemandes verlängerter Arm sein — (fig.) be somebody's tool or instrument

    jemanden auf den Arm nehmen — (fig. ugs.) have somebody on (Brit. coll.); pull somebody's leg

    jemandem in die Arme laufen — bump or run into somebody

    jemandem [mit etwas] unter die Arme greifen — help somebody out [with something]; s. auch Bein 1)

    3) (Ärmel) arm; sleeve

    ein Hemd/eine Bluse mit halbem Arm — a short-sleeved shirt/blouse

    * * *
    arm; ärmer, am ärmsten; adj
    1. (mittellos) poor; (bedürftig) needy;
    um 100 Euro ärmer sein be 100 euros worse off;
    ärmer sein fig have one hope etc less;
    das ist ja nicht wie bei armen Leuten umg we 'do have such things, we’re not on the breadline ( oder in the poorhouse) yet;
    Arm und Reich rich and poor
    2.
    arm an (+dat) poor in, lacking in;
    arm an Vitaminen low on vitamins
    3. (bedauernswert) poor;
    arm dran sein have nothing to laugh about;
    die armen Seelen im Fegefeuer KATH the poor souls (of the damned) in purgatory;
    ach, du Armer oder
    Ärmster! oh you poor thing!
    …arm im adj lacking in …, short of … präd;
    fantasiearm lacking in imagination;
    regenarm with ( oder of) low rainfall präd;
    sorgenarm without (many) worries ( oder cares) präd;
    verlustarm low-loss, with low losses präd
    * * *
    der; Arm[e]s, Arme
    1) arm

    jemandes Arm nehmen — take somebody's arm; take somebody by the arm

    sich (Dat.) in den Armen liegen — lie in each other's or one another's arms

    den längeren Arm haben — (fig. ugs.) have more clout (coll.)

    jemandes verlängerter Arm sein — (fig.) be somebody's tool or instrument

    jemanden auf den Arm nehmen — (fig. ugs.) have somebody on (Brit. coll.); pull somebody's leg

    jemandem in die Arme laufen — bump or run into somebody

    jemandem [mit etwas] unter die Arme greifen — help somebody out [with something]; s. auch Bein 1)

    3) (Ärmel) arm; sleeve

    ein Hemd/eine Bluse mit halbem Arm — a short-sleeved shirt/blouse

    * * *
    -e m.
    arm n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > arm

  • 15 प्रसर


    pra-sara

    2) m. (ifc. f. ā) going forwards, advance, progress, free course, coming forth, rising, appearing, spreading, extension, diffusion Kālid. Kād. Ṡaṃk. etc.;
    range (of the eye) Amar. ;
    prevalence, influence Ṡak. ;
    boldness, courage Mṛicch. ;
    a stream, torrent, flood Gīt. BhP. ;
    (in med.) morbid displacement of the humours of the body Suṡr. ;
    multitude, great quantity Ṡiṡ. ;
    a fight, war L. ;
    an iron arrow L. ;
    speed L. ;
    affectionate solicitation L. ;
    (ā) f. Paederia Foetida L. ;
    n. (in music) a kind of dance Saṃgīt. ;
    - yuta mfn. possessing extension, extensive (as a forest) R.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रसर

  • 16 amplio

    adj.
    1 ample, extensive, broad, roomy.
    2 ample, generous, broad, free-handed.
    3 wide, diverse, varied.
    4 liberal-minded, liberal, tolerant, all-round.
    5 spacious, capacious.
    6 free-ranging.
    * * *
    1 (extenso) large
    2 (espacioso) roomy, spacious
    3 (ancho) wide, broad
    4 (holgado) loose
    \
    en el sentido más amplio de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word
    * * *
    (f. - amplia)
    adj.
    ample, wide, spacious
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=espacioso) [habitación, interior] spacious; [avenida, calle] wide
    2) [ropa] loose(-fitting), roomy *; [falda] full
    3) [margen] wide
    4) [conocimiento, vocabulario, poder, gama] wide, extensive

    un amplio surtido de productos — a wide o extensive range of products

    5) [sentido] broad
    6) [repercusión] far-reaching

    la noticia tuvo amplia difusión o amplio eco en la prensa — the news was widely o extensively reported

    7) [informe] full, detailed
    * * *
    - plia adjetivo
    a) <calle/valle/margen> wide; < casa> spacious; <vestido/abrigo> loose-fitting
    b) <criterio/sentido> broad
    c) <garantías/programa> comprehensive
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], extensive, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], wide-sweeping, widespread, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.], ample, capacious, widespan, wide-reaching, expansive, extended, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], wide-angle(d), loose fit, roomy [roomier -comp., roomiest -sup.].
    Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.
    Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex. Surely these innovations already have and will continue to bring deep and wide-sweeping change to our profession - and because of their rapidity, these changes will be sudden and often tumultuous.
    Ex. Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex. In the questionnaire young people answered that the bookshops in their town were airy, well-lit and very pleasant shops to visit.
    Ex. The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex. This is an efficient method of storing large amounts of programs and data, which is faster, more reliable and much more capacious than the floppy disc.
    Ex. With no other type of structure is it possible to obtain clear, widespan coverage of almost unlimited areas, translucency to permit uniform daylight, and transportability or relocatability.
    Ex. Appraisal is the single most important function performed by an archivist because it has wide-reaching and everlasting social implications.
    Ex. The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex. The brief abstracts and extended abstracts of papers, not published in full in the proceedings, are excluded.
    Ex. Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.
    Ex. Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex. His offices and warehouses were one of the first designs which was subsequently described as loose fit, low energy building.
    Ex. With roomy interiors and flexible seating, minivans are some of the most versatile vehicles for carrying passengers and cargo.
    ----
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).
    * * *
    - plia adjetivo
    a) <calle/valle/margen> wide; < casa> spacious; <vestido/abrigo> loose-fitting
    b) <criterio/sentido> broad
    c) <garantías/programa> comprehensive
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], extensive, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], wide-sweeping, widespread, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.], ample, capacious, widespan, wide-reaching, expansive, extended, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], wide-angle(d), loose fit, roomy [roomier -comp., roomiest -sup.].

    Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

    Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex: Surely these innovations already have and will continue to bring deep and wide-sweeping change to our profession - and because of their rapidity, these changes will be sudden and often tumultuous.
    Ex: Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex: In the questionnaire young people answered that the bookshops in their town were airy, well-lit and very pleasant shops to visit.
    Ex: The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex: This is an efficient method of storing large amounts of programs and data, which is faster, more reliable and much more capacious than the floppy disc.
    Ex: With no other type of structure is it possible to obtain clear, widespan coverage of almost unlimited areas, translucency to permit uniform daylight, and transportability or relocatability.
    Ex: Appraisal is the single most important function performed by an archivist because it has wide-reaching and everlasting social implications.
    Ex: The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex: The brief abstracts and extended abstracts of papers, not published in full in the proceedings, are excluded.
    Ex: Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.
    Ex: Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex: His offices and warehouses were one of the first designs which was subsequently described as loose fit, low energy building.
    Ex: With roomy interiors and flexible seating, minivans are some of the most versatile vehicles for carrying passengers and cargo.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).

    * * *
    1 ‹calle› wide; ‹valle› wide, broad; ‹casa› spacious; ‹vestido/abrigo› loose-fitting; ‹falda/manga› full
    con una amplia sonrisa with a broad smile
    2 ‹criterio› broad; ‹margen› wide
    en el sentido amplio de la palabra in the broad sense of the word
    por amplia mayoría by a large majority
    tiene amplias facultades para decidir sobre este punto he has full authority to make a decision on this point
    una amplia gama de colores a wide range of colors
    les ofrecemos las más amplias garantías we offer comprehensive guarantees o the fullest possible guarantees
    un tema que tuvo una amplia difusión an issue that received wide media coverage
    un amplio programa de reformas a full o wide-ranging o comprehensive program of reforms
    * * *

     

    Del verbo ampliar: ( conjugate ampliar)

    amplío es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    amplió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    ampliar    
    amplio
    ampliar ( conjugate ampliar) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹local/carretera› to extend;

    ‹ negocio› to expand
    b) ‹capital/personal› to increase

    c) ‹conocimientos/vocabulario› to increase;

    ‹ explicación› to expand (on);
    ‹ campo de acción› to widen, broaden;

    d) ‹plazo/período› to extend


    amplio
    ◊ - plia adjetivo

    a) ‹calle/valle/margen› wide;

    ‹ casa› spacious;
    ‹vestido/abrigo› loose-fitting;
    ‹ sonrisa› broad
    b) ‹criterio/sentido› broad;


    una amplia gama de colores a wide range of colors
    c) ‹garantías/programa› comprehensive

    ampliar verbo transitivo
    1 (hacer más largo un plazo) to extend
    2 (hacer más grande un edificio) to enlarge
    3 (extender un negocio) to expand
    4 (una fotografía) to enlarge, to blow up
    5 (el campo de acción) to widen: los sindicatos proponen ampliar las sanciones a los defraudadores, the unions propose greater penalties for those committing fraud
    amplio,-a adjetivo
    1 large, roomy
    2 (ancho, profundo, variado) wide, broad ➣ Ver nota en ancho
    ' amplio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amplia
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - dilatada
    - dilatado
    - espectro
    - nave
    English:
    ample
    - extensive
    - large
    - roomy
    - spacious
    - sweep
    - vocabulary
    - wide
    - all
    - broad
    - comfortable
    - smock
    - sweeping
    * * *
    amplio, -a adj
    1. [grande] [sala, maletero] roomy, spacious;
    [avenida] wide;
    una amplio sonrisa a broad smile
    2. [ropa] loose
    3. [extenso] [explicación, cobertura] comprehensive;
    [ventaja, capacidad] considerable;
    en el sentido más amplio de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word;
    ganaron por una amplia mayoría they won with a large majority;
    hubo un amplio consenso there was a broad consensus;
    ofrecen una amplia gama de servicios they offer a wide range of services;
    gozan de una amplia aceptación they enjoy widespread approval;
    tiene una amplia experiencia she has wide-ranging experience
    4. [abierto]
    una persona de amplias miras o [m5] amplia de miras a broad-minded person
    * * *
    adj casa spacious; gama, margen wide; falda full
    * * *
    amplio, - plia adj
    : broad, wide, ample
    ♦ ampliamente adj
    * * *
    amplio adj
    1. (gama, margen) wide
    2. (valor, cantidad) large
    3. (espacioso) spacious
    4. (ropa) baggy [comp. baggier; superl. baggiest] / loose

    Spanish-English dictionary > amplio

  • 17 área

    f.
    1 area, surface, surface area.
    2 domain, area, field, realm.
    3 place, locality, region, area.
    4 area, room, space.
    * * *
    (Takes el in sing)
    1 (zona) area, zone
    2 (medida) are
    \
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=zona, superficie) area

    área de castigo — (Dep) penalty area

    área de descanso — (Aut) rest area

    área de gol, área de meta — goal area

    área de penalty — (Dep) penalty area

    área de servicio — (Aut) service area

    2) (Inform)
    3) (=campo)
    4) (=medida) area ( 100 square metres)
    5)

    área metropolitana — metropolitan area, urban district

    área verde — Caribe green area, park area

    * * *
    femenino‡ area
    * * *
    = area, area, field, front, sphere, domain, zone, bit, radius, area, programme area, service area.
    Ex. The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.
    Ex. An area is a major section of the entry, comprising data of a particular category or serving a particular function.
    Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex. Present auguries on the resource front are not good.
    Ex. I am not convinced that people become connoisseurs -- experts: educated and discriminating people in any sphere -- from limited knowledge and experience, no matter how rich in quality.
    Ex. The CRONOS data bank includes a FISH domain, with data on catches and fleet statistics, and the COMEXT data bank covers the external trade statistics of fisheries.
    Ex. But now the traditional industrial zone is declining and a new 'technopolis' is proposed for the area.
    Ex. The assistant in charge of a section will see that their bit is kept tidy and will keep an eye open for thieves.
    Ex. The fact that the library can only attract people within a relatively small radius means that it has no alternative but to serve whoever lives -- or works -- in that radius.
    Ex. Libraries usually arrange separate areas where current periodicals, maps, government publications, early printed books and manuscripts are housed.
    Ex. Now that financial stringencies were the order of the day, libraries had to compete with the more pressing needs of other programme areas, like education, social services, and housing, for dwindling resources.
    Ex. The study examined the relative use of different service areas of the library = El estudio analizó al uso relativo de las diferentes zonas de la biblioteca.
    ----
    * análisis de áreas del conocimiento = domain analysis.
    * área chica, el = six-yard box, the.
    * área clave = key area.
    * área de acción = remit.
    * área de actuación = area for action, area of policy, policy area.
    * área de aplicación comercial = niche.
    * área de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.
    * área de comunicación = communications area.
    * área de conocimiento = area of study.
    * área de conservación del patrimonio = heritage field.
    * área de datos específicos de la clase de documento = material (or type of publication) specific details area.
    * área de datos matemáticos = mathematical data area.
    * área de descanso = rest area, rest stop, lay-by.
    * área de descripción = area of description.
    * área de descripción física = physical description area.
    * área de edición = edition area.
    * área de ejemplar = copy area.
    * área de encabezamiento = header area.
    * área de especialización = niche, area of competence.
    * área de estudio = study area, study area.
    * área de formación = teaching unit.
    * área de influencia = remit.
    * área de información = communications area.
    * área de interés = field of interest.
    * área de la biblioteconomía = library field.
    * área del conocimiento = area of knowledge, discipline, subject field, field of activity, knowledge domain, discipline of knowledge.
    * área de lectura = reading floor.
    * área del número normalizado y de las condiciones de adquisición = International Standard Book Number and terms of availability area, standard number and terms of availability area.
    * área de notas = note area.
    * área de numeración de la ficha = card counter area.
    * área de préstamo = checkout area.
    * área de publicación = publication, distribution etc. area.
    * area de publicación o distribución = imprint.
    * área de serie = series area, series statement area.
    * área de signatura topográfica = shelf list area.
    * área de título y de mención de responsabilidad = title and statement of responsibility area.
    * área en desarrollo = growth area.
    * área específica = niche.
    * área flotante del programa = transient program area (TPA).
    * área geográfica = geographical area.
    * área marginada = deprived area.
    * area menos favorecida = less favoured area.
    * área metropolitana = metropolitan area, metro area.
    * área metropolitana de Londres, el = Greater London.
    * área rural = rural region.
    * área temática = subject area, subject field, topic area.
    * area temática específica = narrow subject area.
    * área urbana = urban area.
    * área útil = floor area, floor space.
    * bibliógrafo especializado en un área temática = area bibliographer.
    * conocimiento de un área temática = area knowledge.
    * empleado de línea aérea = airline official.
    * en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.
    * en las áreas de = in the areas of.
    * especializado en un área temática = domain-specific.
    * examen de área = area scanning.
    * particular a un área = localised [localized, -USA].
    * trabajador en el área de cultura = cultural worker.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).
    * * *
    femenino‡ area
    * * *
    = area, area, field, front, sphere, domain, zone, bit, radius, area, programme area, service area.

    Ex: The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.

    Ex: An area is a major section of the entry, comprising data of a particular category or serving a particular function.
    Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex: Present auguries on the resource front are not good.
    Ex: I am not convinced that people become connoisseurs -- experts: educated and discriminating people in any sphere -- from limited knowledge and experience, no matter how rich in quality.
    Ex: The CRONOS data bank includes a FISH domain, with data on catches and fleet statistics, and the COMEXT data bank covers the external trade statistics of fisheries.
    Ex: But now the traditional industrial zone is declining and a new 'technopolis' is proposed for the area.
    Ex: The assistant in charge of a section will see that their bit is kept tidy and will keep an eye open for thieves.
    Ex: The fact that the library can only attract people within a relatively small radius means that it has no alternative but to serve whoever lives -- or works -- in that radius.
    Ex: Libraries usually arrange separate areas where current periodicals, maps, government publications, early printed books and manuscripts are housed.
    Ex: Now that financial stringencies were the order of the day, libraries had to compete with the more pressing needs of other programme areas, like education, social services, and housing, for dwindling resources.
    Ex: The study examined the relative use of different service areas of the library = El estudio analizó al uso relativo de las diferentes zonas de la biblioteca.
    * análisis de áreas del conocimiento = domain analysis.
    * área chica, el = six-yard box, the.
    * área clave = key area.
    * área de acción = remit.
    * área de actuación = area for action, area of policy, policy area.
    * área de aplicación comercial = niche.
    * área de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.
    * área de comunicación = communications area.
    * área de conocimiento = area of study.
    * área de conservación del patrimonio = heritage field.
    * área de datos específicos de la clase de documento = material (or type of publication) specific details area.
    * área de datos matemáticos = mathematical data area.
    * área de descanso = rest area, rest stop, lay-by.
    * área de descripción = area of description.
    * área de descripción física = physical description area.
    * área de edición = edition area.
    * área de ejemplar = copy area.
    * área de encabezamiento = header area.
    * área de especialización = niche, area of competence.
    * área de estudio = study area, study area.
    * área de formación = teaching unit.
    * área de influencia = remit.
    * área de información = communications area.
    * área de interés = field of interest.
    * área de la biblioteconomía = library field.
    * área del conocimiento = area of knowledge, discipline, subject field, field of activity, knowledge domain, discipline of knowledge.
    * área de lectura = reading floor.
    * área del número normalizado y de las condiciones de adquisición = International Standard Book Number and terms of availability area, standard number and terms of availability area.
    * área de notas = note area.
    * área de numeración de la ficha = card counter area.
    * área de préstamo = checkout area.
    * área de publicación = publication, distribution etc. area.
    * area de publicación o distribución = imprint.
    * área de serie = series area, series statement area.
    * área de signatura topográfica = shelf list area.
    * área de título y de mención de responsabilidad = title and statement of responsibility area.
    * área en desarrollo = growth area.
    * área específica = niche.
    * área flotante del programa = transient program area (TPA).
    * área geográfica = geographical area.
    * área marginada = deprived area.
    * area menos favorecida = less favoured area.
    * área metropolitana = metropolitan area, metro area.
    * área metropolitana de Londres, el = Greater London.
    * área rural = rural region.
    * área temática = subject area, subject field, topic area.
    * area temática específica = narrow subject area.
    * área urbana = urban area.
    * área útil = floor area, floor space.
    * bibliógrafo especializado en un área temática = area bibliographer.
    * conocimiento de un área temática = area knowledge.
    * empleado de línea aérea = airline official.
    * en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.
    * en las áreas de = in the areas of.
    * especializado en un área temática = domain-specific.
    * examen de área = area scanning.
    * particular a un área = localised [localized, -USA].
    * trabajador en el área de cultura = cultural worker.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).

    * * *
    f‡
    A
    1 ( Mat) area
    2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (medida agraria) area, square dekameter* ( 100m2.)
    B
    1 (zona) area
    las áreas más afectadas por las inundaciones the areas worst affected by the flooding
    2 (campo, ámbito) area
    un área de las ciencias donde ha habido poca investigación an area of science where little research has been carried out
    3 ( Dep) tb
    área de castigo or penalty penalty area
    Compuestos:
    goal area
    rest area o stop ( AmE), lay-by ( BrE)
    service area, services (pl)
    penalty area
    metropolitan area, city
    goal area
    Single Euro Payments Area
    * * *

     

    área feminine noun taking masculine article in the singular
    area;
    área chica or pequeña goal area;

    área de servicio service area, services (pl)
    área sustantivo femenino
    1 (espacio delimitado) area
    área de servicio, service area
    2 (medida de superficie) hundred square metres
    3 (deportes) la falta se produjo dentro del área, the foul was committed inside the penalty area

    ' área' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alrededor
    - anticiclón
    - antinuclear
    - arrabal
    - arrasar
    - barriada
    - barrio
    - borrasca
    - cabaña
    - capítulo
    - castigo
    - circunscribirse
    - comisionada
    - comisionado
    - concurrida
    - concurrido
    - construcción
    - cuenca
    - deprimida
    - deprimido
    - desarrollo
    - expandir
    - expolio
    - extensión
    - franca
    - franco
    - francófona
    - francófono
    - huerta
    - inmediaciones
    - interfluvio
    - latitud
    - milimétrica
    - milimétrico
    - órbita
    - parcela
    - poblada
    - poblado
    - polígono
    - prefijo
    - propia
    - propio
    - radio
    - rellano
    - sector
    - superficie
    - tendedero
    - trascender
    - triangular
    - vasta
    English:
    area
    - area code
    - belt
    - danger area
    - demonstrate
    - disaster area
    - enter
    - extent
    - grey area
    - industrial area
    - lay-by
    - mark out
    - metropolitan
    - penalty area
    - penalty box
    - province
    - restricted
    - service area
    - unemployment
    - well-known
    - bay
    - brief
    - built
    - canvass
    - catchment area
    - center
    - central
    - comb
    - constituency
    - country
    - cover
    - depot
    - depressed
    - develop
    - development
    - diverse
    - division
    - enclose
    - enlarge
    - extensive
    - field
    - fringe
    - incoming
    - living
    - moor
    - narrow
    - neighborhood
    - nice
    - out
    - over
    * * *
    1. [zona] area
    área de descanso [en carretera] Br lay-by, US rest area; Econ área (del) euro Euro zone; Econ área de libre comercio free trade area;
    área metropolitana metropolitan area;
    área protegida protected area;
    área de servicio [en carretera] service area
    2. [ámbito] area;
    la investigación en áreas como la inteligencia artificial research in areas such as artificial intelligence;
    una carrera del área de Ciencias a university course in a science subject;
    el responsable del área económica del partido the person in charge of the party's economic policy
    3. [medida] are, = 100 square metres
    4. Geom [superficie] area
    5. Dep
    área (de penalty o [m5] castigo) (penalty) area
    área grande eighteen-yard box, penalty area;
    área pequeña six-yard box
    * * *
    f area;
    área de influencia area of influence
    * * *
    área nf
    : area
    * * *
    1. (en general) area
    2. (en fútbol) penalty area

    Spanish-English dictionary > área

  • 18 mustang

    (Of uncertain origin. Probably a combination of mesteño [mestéjio], mestengo [mestérjgo], mestenco [mestérjko], and mostrenco [mostrérjko]. See accompanying explanation)
       1) Clark: 1800s. An untamed horse, or one that used to be tame, but has returned to the wild. The term originally referred to the horses brought to this continent by Spanish settlers, many of which escaped or were stolen by Indians and ended up running in wild herds in the West and Southwest. The origin of this term is disputed. One theory holds that mustang derives from mesteño, a Spanish term whose principal meaning is an animal (or thing) belonging to the Mesta, an association of owners of livestock (founded in 1273 by the Spanish government, according to Watts) that bred, fed, and sold their animals for their common good. A mesteño was an animal that had become separated from its owner and was considered to be the property of the entire Mesta. Although this term shows a semantic similarity to the English word, it is difficult to justify the nasal and velar consonants in the derived form. Three more likely sources are mestenco, mestengo, and mostrenco, all of which mean 'having no known owner' (according to the DRAE, mestengo refers especially to animals). The first two terms probably derived from mesteño, and the third is itself an adaptation of mestenco (with influence from the verb mostrar 'to show,' since stray animals had to be presented to the Mesta). It is likely that the English mustang derived from one of these three terms or from a combination of the three.
        Alternate forms: mestang, mestaña, mestengo, mesteño.
       2) Carlisle: 1929. As a verb, to hunt mustangs with the intention of snaring and domesticating them.
       3) By extension from (1), a mustang is also a person who is uncouth or unaccustomed to "civilized" society.

    Vocabulario Vaquero > mustang

  • 19 κεφαλή

    κεφαλή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+) gener. ‘head’.
    ① the part of the body that contains the brain, head
    ⓐ of humans, animals, and transcendent beings. Humans: Mt 5:36 (on swearing by the head s. Athen. 2, 72, 66c; Test12Patr; PGM 4, 1917; cp. Juvenal, Satires 6, 16f); 6:17; 14:8, 11; 26:7; 27:29f; Mk 6:24f, 27f; 14:3; 15:19; Lk 7:46; J 13:9; 19:2; 20:7; 1 Cor 11:4b (JMurphy-O’Connor, CBQ 42, ’80, 485 [lit.] ‘his head’=‘himself’), 5ab, 7, 10; 12:21; Rv 18:19 (cp. Josh 7:6; La 2:10); 1 Cl 37:5; 56:5 (Ps 140:5); B 13:5 (Gen 48:14); Hm 11:20; Papias (3:2 [not g and h]); GJs 2:4; 9:1; AcPl Ha 11, 1.—Animals: B 7:8 (of the scapegoat Lev 16; cp. vs. 21).—In apocal. presentations in connection w. human figures: Rv 1:14; 4:4; 9:7 12:1; 14:14; 19:12; w. animals: 9:7, 17, 19; 12:3 (s. δράκων); 13:1, 3; 17:3, 7, 9 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 50 K.=26 p. 517 D.: ὤφθη τὸ ἕδος [of Asclepius] τρεῖς κεφαλὰς ἔχον. A person sees himself in a dream provided with a plurality of heads Artem. 1, 35 p. 37, 14: δύο ἔχειν κεφαλὰς ἢ τρεῖς. Also the many-headed dog Cerberus of the underworld in Hesiod, Theog. 311 al. as well as Heraclit. Sto. 33 p. 49, 14); Hv 4, 1, 6; 10; of angels Rv 10:1.—The hair(s) of the head (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 223) Mt 10:30; Lk 7:38, 44 v.l.; 12:7; 21:18; Ac 27:34. τὴν κ. κλίνειν lay down the head to sleep Mt 8:20; Lk 9:58. Sim. J 19:30 (s. Hdb. ad loc.). κινεῖν τὴν κ. (s. κινέω 2a) Mt 27:39; Mk 15:29; 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:8); ἐπαίρειν τὴν κ. (s. ἐπαίρω 1) Lk 21:28; shear the head, i.e. cut the hair as a form of a vow Ac 21:24; cp. 18:18. Of baptism ἔκχεον εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν τρὶς ὕδωρ D 7:3. Of the anointing of Jesus’ head IEph 17:1. κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have (someth.) on the head (s. κατά A 1a) 1 Cor 11:4a; also w. specification of object ἐπὶ w. gen. Rv 14:14; Hv 4, 1, 10; or εἰς 4, 3, 1. ἐπάνω τῆς κ. above his head Mt 27:37. Also πρὸς τῇ κ. J 20:12. (ἀστὴρ) ἔστη ἐπὶ τὴν κ. τοῦ παιδίου GJs 21:3 (cp. Mt 2:9).—Well-known expr. fr. the OT: ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύειν ἐπὶ τὴν κ. τινος Ro 12:20 (s. ἄνθραξ). A curse-formula: τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κ. ὑμῶν your blood be on your own heads (s. αἷμα 2a and cp. Demosth., Ep. 4, 10 τ. ἄδικον βλασφημίαν εἰς κεφαλὴν τῷ λέγοντι τρέπουσι; 6, 1; Maximus Tyr. 5, 1d; Aesop, Fab. 206 P.=372 H./313 Ch./222 H-H. ὸ̔ θέλεις σὺ τούτοις ἐπὶ τῇ σῇ κεφαλῇ γένοιτο; Phalaris, Ep. 102 εἰς κεφαλὴν σοί τε καὶ τῷ σῷ γένει)=you are responsible for your own destruction Ac 18:6; cp. GPt 5:17.
    ⓑ in imagery οὐκ ἔκλινας τὴν κ. σου ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖραν you have not bowed your head under the mighty hand (of God) GJs 15:4. Of pers. (Plut., Galba 1054 [4, 3] G. as κ. ἰσχυρῷ σώματι, namely of the Galatian territories) Christ the κ. of the ἐκκλησία thought of as a σῶμα Col 1:18; cp. 2:19 (Artem. 2, 9 p. 92, 25 ἡ κεφαλὴ ὑπερέχει τοῦ παντὸς σώματος; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 215 ἡ κεφαλὴ συνέχει πᾶν τὸ σῶμα); Christ and Christians as head and members ITr 11:2. (SBedale, JTS 5, ’54, 211–15; New Docs 3, 45f [lit.]; not ‘source’: JFitzmyer, NTS 35, ’89, 503–11.) S. mng. 2a.
    ② a being of high status, head, fig. (of Asclepius IG II2, 4514, 6; in gnostic speculation: Iren. 1, 5, 3 [Harv. I 45, 13]. ὁ μέγας ἄρχων, ἡ κ. τοῦ κόσμου Hippol., Ref. 7, 23, 3).
    ⓐ in the case of living beings, to denote superior rank (cp. Artem. 4, 24 p. 218, 8 ἡ κ. is the symbol of the father; Judg 11:11; 2 Km 22:44) head (Zosimus of Ashkelon [500 A.D.] hails Demosth. as his master: ὦ θεία κεφαλή [Biogr. p. 297]) of the father as head of the family Hs 7, 3; of the husband in relation to his wife 1 Cor 11:3b; Eph 5:23a. Of Christ in relation to the Christian community Eph 4:15; 5:23b. But Christ is the head not only of the body of Christians, but of the universe as a whole: κ. ὑπὲρ πάντα Eph 1:22, and of every cosmic power κ. πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας the head of all might and power Col 2:10. The divine influence on the world results in the series (for the growing distance from God with corresponding results cp. Ps.-Aristot. De Mundo 6, 4): God the κ. of Christ, Christ the κ. of man, the man the κ. of the woman 1 Cor 11:3cab (s. on γυνή 1). JFitzmyer, Int 47, ’93, 52–59.
    ⓑ of things the uppermost part, extremity, end, point (Pappus of Alex., mathematician [IV A.D.] in the 8th book [ed. CGerhardt 1871 p. 379 τῇ κεφαλῇ τοῦ κοχλίου=at the point of the screw; Judg 9:25; En 17:2; Jos., Bell. 2, 48, Ant. 3, 146; oft. pap of plots of ground) κ. γωνίας the cornerstone (so M‘Neile, Mt ad loc.; REB ( main) corner-stone, and w. proper omission of the alternative rendering at 1 Pt 2:7 in NEB mg.; the cornerstone thus forms the farthest extension [cp. PFlor 50, 83] of the corner, though JJeremias, Αγγελος I 1925, 65–70, ZNW 29, 1930, 264–80, TW IV 277–79 thinks of it as the capstone above the door; so also OMichel, TW IV 892, V 129 [difft. 151]; KSchelkle, RAC I 233f; RMcKelvey, NTS 8, ’62, 352–59 [lit. 353 n. 1–3]. S. HGressmann, PJ 6, 1910, 38–45; GWhitaker, Exp. 8th ser., 22, 1921, 470ff. For another view s. lit. s.v. ἀκρογωνιαῖος) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17 (on these three pass. s. JDerrett, TU 102, ’68, 180–86); Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (Selwyn ad loc.: “extremity and not height is the point connoted”); B 6:4 (all Ps 117:22).—κ.= capital (city) (Appian, Illyr. 19 §54) Ac 16:12 D (but ‘frontier city’ AClark, Acts of the Apostles ’33, 362–65 and JLarsen, CTM 17, ’46, 123–25).—B. 212. Schmidt, Syn. I 361–69. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κεφαλή

  • 20 линия

    arc, branch ж.-д., circuit, strip line, line, pin
    * * *
    ли́ния ж.
    line; ( на графике) curve
    по ли́нии — in the line of …
    располага́ться на одно́й ли́нии — be in line [be lined up] with one another
    ли́нии расхо́дятся — lines diverge
    ли́нии схо́дятся — lines converge
    абоне́нтская ли́ния — subscriber's [individual, exchange] line, subscriber's loop
    абоне́нтская ли́ния заво́дится в многокра́тное по́ле [в по́ле остальны́х коммута́торов] — each subscriber's line appears in multiple at several operator's positions
    абоне́нтская, возду́шная ли́ния — customer open wire line, open wire loop
    абоне́нтская, индивидуа́льная ли́ния — individual [direct exchange] line, one-party telephone
    ли́ния а́бриса картогр. — planimetric line
    ли́ния АВ ( электрокаротаж) — energizing [current, power] line
    автомати́ческая ли́ния маш. — (automatic) transfer line, transfer machine
    автомати́ческая, жестяноба́ночная ли́ния — automatic can-making line
    автомати́ческая, ко́мплексная ли́ния маш. — integrated transfer line; integrated manufacturing system
    автомати́ческая, перенала́живаемая ли́ния маш. — versatile transfer line
    автомати́ческая, n [m2]-позици́онная ли́ния маш. — n -station transfer line
    автомати́ческая, прямолине́йная ли́ния маш. — in-line transfer machine
    автомати́ческая ли́ния с ги́бкой свя́зью маш. — non-synchronous transfer line
    автомати́ческая ли́ния с жё́сткой свя́зью маш. — synchronous transfer line
    автомати́ческая ли́ния со спу́тниками маш. — pallet type transfer line
    автомати́ческая, стано́чная ли́ния — transfer line
    автомати́ческая ли́ния с управле́нием от ЭВМ маш. — computer-controlled transfer line
    агони́ческая ли́ния геод. — zero [agonic] line
    ли́ния а́зимута — azimuth line
    акусти́ческая ли́ния — acoustic line
    антисто́ксова ли́ния — anti-Stokes line
    ли́ния апси́д астр. — line of apsides
    атмосфе́рная ли́ния тепл. — air evacuation line
    ба́зисная ли́ния
    1. мат. reference line
    2. опт. base-line
    бесконе́чная ли́ния
    1. мат. line at infinity
    2. эл. infinite line
    ва́куумная (отка́чная) ли́ния — vacuum pump line
    ли́ния вало́в — line of shafting
    ли́ния верши́н зу́бьев шестерни́ — face line of teeth
    ли́ния взлё́тно-поса́дочной полосы́, осева́я — runway centre line
    ли́ния ви́димого горизо́нта — sky-line, horizon line
    ли́ния ви́димого ко́нтура ( на чертеже) — object line
    визи́рная ли́ния ( логарифмической линейки) — hair-line, indicator hair-line
    ли́ния визи́рования геод. — axis [line] of sight, observing [sight(ing) ] line
    винтова́я ли́ния — helical line, helix, spiral
    дви́гаться по винтово́й ли́нии — move in a helix [in a spiral]
    винтова́я, кони́ческая ли́ния — conical helix
    вихрева́я ли́ния мат. — vortex [whirl] line
    вихрева́я, за́мкнутая ли́ния мат. — closed vortex line
    ли́ния влия́ния — influence line
    ли́ния вну́тренней свя́зи — inland circuit
    ли́ния возмуще́ний — Mach line
    ли́ния впа́дин шестерни́ — line of dents [dedendum line] of a gear
    ли́ния вса́сывания — suction line
    входна́я ли́ния вчт. — input line
    ли́ния входя́щей свя́зи — incoming [inward] line
    ли́ния вы́борки вчт. — select (ion) line
    выносна́я ли́ния ( на чертеже) — extension line
    выпускна́я ли́ния — exhaust line
    ли́ния выру́ливания ( со стоянки) ав. — lead-off line
    ли́ния вы́ходов горн. — outcrop line
    га́зовая ли́ния — gas line
    ли́ния генера́ции ( лазера) — lasing line
    геодези́ческая ли́ния — geodetic [geodesic] line
    ли́ния горизо́нта — sky-line, horizon line
    горизонта́льная ли́ния — level [horizontal] line
    горлова́я ли́ния мат. — striction line, line of striction (of a ruled surface)
    гребе́нчатая ли́ния элк. — comb (transmission) line
    ли́ния давле́ния — pressure line
    ли́ния да́льности рлк. — range line
    ли́ния движе́ния (частиц, электрона и т. п.) — trajectory
    ли́ния двоя́кой кривизны́ — line of double curvature, double-curved line
    ли́ния действи́тельного горизо́нта — true-horizon line
    ли́ния де́йствия — line of action
    ли́ния де́йствия си́лы — line of action of a force
    ли́ния де́йствия си́лы тя́жести — gravitational vertical
    ли́ния де́йствия тя́ги — thrust line, axis of thrust
    ли́ния де́йствующих забо́ев — line of active faces
    диагра́ммная ли́ния — (X-ray) diagram line
    ли́ния дислока́ций — dislocation line
    ли́ния дислока́ций выхо́дит на пове́рхность криста́лла — the dislocation line terminates at the surface of the crystal
    дифракцио́нная ли́ния — diffraction [diffracted] line
    дрена́жная ли́ния ( на самолёте) — vent line
    ли́ния ду́плекса, бала́нсная свз. — duplex artificial line
    железнодоро́жная, грузонапряжё́нная ли́ния — heavy-traffic line
    железнодоро́жная, двухпу́тная ли́ния — double-track railway line
    железнодоро́жная, однопу́тная ли́ния — single-track railway line
    ли́ния жё́сткой тя́ги — pipe-line
    жи́рная ли́ния — heavy [heavily drawn] line
    ли́ния забо́ев — faces line
    ли́ния забо́ев, дугообра́зная — arched line of faces, arched faces line
    ли́ния забо́ев, искривлё́нная — bowed faces line
    ли́ния загоризо́нтной свя́зи — beyond-the-horizon [over-the-horizon] communication link
    ли́ния за́данного пути́ [ЛЗП] ав. — брит. required [intended] track, track required, Tr. Req.; амер. course (line)
    ли́ния заде́ржки — delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, акусти́ческая — acoustic [sonic] delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки без поте́рь — dissipationless delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, водяна́я — water delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, герметизи́рованная — potted delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, иску́сственная — artificial delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, ка́бельная — cable delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, ква́рцевая — quartz delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, компенси́рованная — equalized delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, магнитострикцио́нная — magnetostrictive delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, многокра́тная — multiple delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, ни́келевая — nickel delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, поло́сковая — strip delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, про́волочная — wire delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, регули́руемая — variable delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, рту́тная — mercury delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, спира́льная — helical [spiral] delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки с распределё́нными пара́метрами — distributed-constant delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки с сосредото́ченными пара́метрами — lumped-constant delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, твердоте́льная — solid-state (delay) line, solid delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, ультразвукова́я — ultrasonic delay line
    ли́ния заде́ржки, электромагни́тная — electromagnetic delay line
    ли́ния заказна́я ли́ния тлф. — record operator's line, record circuit
    ли́ния залё́та топ. — flight line
    ли́ния запасны́х забо́ев — line of reserved faces
    запрещё́нная ли́ния — forbidden line
    ли́ния зару́ливания ( на стоянку) ав. — lead-in line
    заря́женная ли́ния — line of charge
    ли́ния застро́йки — building line
    ли́ния зацепле́ния голо́вок — head-line of contact, top line of action
    ли́ния зацепле́ния но́жек зу́бьев — dedendum line of contact
    зна́ковая ли́ния мат. — directed line
    золоспускна́я ли́ния — sluice discharge pipe-line
    ли́ния зубча́того зацепле́ния — line of action
    ли́ния изги́ба ж.-д. — curvature line
    ли́ния излуче́ния ла́зера — laser emission line
    измери́тельная ли́ния элк. — slotted [measuring] line, standing-wave meter
    и́мпульсная ли́ния ( в гидравлических и пневматических системах) — impulse line
    ли́ния инфильтра́ции — line of percolation
    ли́ния искажё́нных масшта́бов — zero line
    иску́сственная ли́ния эл. — artificial line
    ли́ния исходя́щей свя́зи тлф. — outward [outgoing] line
    ли́ния кали́бра, нейтра́льная прок. — neutral line of a groove
    ли́ния каса́ния — line of contact
    ли́ния каче́ния — line of rolling contact
    коаксиа́льная ли́ния — coaxial line
    коаксиа́льная, жё́сткая ли́ния — rigid coaxial line
    ли́ния кольцева́ния ав. — cross-feed line
    кома́ндная ли́ния рлк. — command link
    кома́ндная, проводна́я ли́ния рлк. — wire command link
    конверсио́нная ли́ния — conversion line
    конта́ктная ли́ния эл. — contact-wire line
    контро́льная ли́ния геод. — check(ing) [control, test] line
    ко́нтурная ли́ния (напр. на карте) — contour line
    ли́ния концентра́ции возмуще́ния — Mach line
    короткоза́мкнутая ли́ния — short-circuited line
    котида́льная ли́ния навиг. — co-tidal line
    ли́ния крити́ческих то́чек аргд. — stagnation line
    ли́ния ку́рса ав. — брит. course (line); амер. heading
    ли́ния ку́рса курсово́го маяка́ — localizer course
    курсова́я ли́ния ав. — heading line
    ла́зерная ли́ния — laser line
    ло́маная ли́ния — open polygon, broken [polygonal] line
    ли́ния Лю́дерса метал. — Lьder(s) [slip] line
    магистра́льная ли́ния — trunk [main] line
    ли́ния магни́тной инду́кции — line of magnetic flux, magnetic line of flux
    ма́зерная ли́ния — maser line
    ли́ния Ма́ки кфт. — Mackie line
    меридиа́нная ли́ния — meridian line
    ме́рная ли́ния мор. — trial course
    ли́ния метео́рной свя́зи — meteor-burst [meteor-scatter] link
    ли́ния нагнета́ния — discharge [delivery] line
    нагру́женная ли́ния эл., радио — loaded line
    назе́мная ли́ния — land [ground] line
    ли́ния наибо́льшего ска́та мат. — line of maximum inclination, steepest line (in a plane), line of greatest declivity
    ли́ния наиме́ньшего сопротивле́ния — line of least resistance
    ли́ния напла́вки — line of fusion
    ли́ния направле́ния съё́мки афс. — course of flight
    направля́ющая ли́ния — directrix
    ли́ния насыще́ния — saturation line
    ли́ния нача́ла отсчё́та — fiducial (reference, zero, datum) line
    ли́ния неви́димого ко́нтура ( на чертеже) — invisible [hidden] line
    недиагра́ммная ли́ния — non-diagram (X-ray) line, X-ray satellite
    нейтра́льная ли́ния — neutral line
    неодноро́дная ли́ния свз. — non-uniform [heterogeneous] line
    непересека́ющаяся ли́ния — skew line
    неразрешё́нная ли́ния физ. — unresolved peak
    несимметри́чная ли́ния свз. — unbalanced line
    несо́бственная ли́ния мат. — ideal line
    нивели́руемая ли́ния — line of levels
    нулева́я ли́ния — zero [null] line
    ли́ния нулево́го склоне́ния геод. — zero [agonic] line
    ли́ния нулевы́х значе́ний геод. — zero [agonic] line
    ли́ния обмета́ния ( гребного винта) — sweep line
    ли́ния обруше́ния горн. — line of caving
    ли́ния обтека́ния — streamline
    одноро́дная ли́ния свз. — uniform line
    осева́я ли́ния — axis, centre line
    ли́ния основа́ния зу́бьев ( шестерни) — bottom line of teeth
    ли́ния основа́ния карти́ны топ. — axis of homology, axis of perspective, perspective axis, ground line
    осно́вная ли́ния мор. — base-line
    ли́ния отве́са геод. — plumb (bob) line
    отве́сная ли́ния — tire vertical (line)
    отве́сная ли́ния задаё́тся отве́сом — the vertical [line] is assumed as a plumb-line
    ли́ния отде́лочных клете́й прок. — finishing mill train
    ли́ния отко́са — shoulder [slope] line
    ли́ния отсчё́та — reference [dation] line
    ли́ния паде́ния горн. — line of dip
    ли́ния па́лубы ( на теоретическом чертеже) — deck line, (на боковой проекции теоретического чертежа) sheer line
    ли́ния пе́ленга — bearing line, line of bearing
    ли́ния переда́чи эл., радио — (transmission) line
    включа́ть ли́нию (переда́чи) на, напр. согласо́ванную нагру́зку — terminate a (transmission) line into, e. g., a matched load
    закора́чивать ли́нию переда́чи — short-circuit a (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи излуча́ет эне́ргию — a (transmission) line radiates
    ли́ния переда́чи без поте́рь — loss-free [lossless] line
    ли́ния переда́чи да́нных вчт. — data line
    ли́ния переда́чи, дли́нная — long (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, закры́тая — close (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, коаксиа́льная — coaxial (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, многопроводна́я — multiwire (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, опти́ческая — optical transmission line
    ли́ния переда́чи, откры́тая — open (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, печа́тная элк. — printed line
    ли́ния переда́чи, пневмати́ческая — airpressure line
    ли́ния переда́чи, поло́сковая — strip (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, поло́сковая несимметри́чная — microstrip (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, поло́сковая, симметри́чная — strip (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, полуволно́вая — half wave (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, разо́мкнутая на конце́ — open-ended (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи с больши́м затуха́нием — lossy line
    ли́ния переда́чи, сверхпроводя́щая — superconducting (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи с поте́рями — lossy line
    ли́ния переда́чи, трё́хпластинчатая — tri-plate line
    ли́ния переда́чи, узкополо́сная — narrowband (transmission) line
    ли́ния переда́чи, широкопо́лосная — wideband (transmission) line
    ли́ния перели́ва — overflow line
    ли́ния пересече́ния — line of intersection
    ли́ния перспекти́вы топ. — perspective line, perspective ray
    ли́ния пита́ния — supply [power] line
    пита́ющая ли́ния — incoming transmission line, feeder
    ли́ния погруже́ния, преде́льная мор. — margin line
    подводя́щая ли́ния ( в гидравлических и пневматических системах) — feeding line
    ли́ния полё́та — flight path
    ли́ния положе́ния [ЛП] навиг. — line of position, position line, LP
    выходи́ть на ли́нию положе́ния — arrive at [strike] an LP
    оцифро́вывать ли́нию положе́ния коли́чеством микросеку́нд ра́зности вре́мени — identify a position line by its time-difference in ms
    ли́ния положе́ния, высо́тная — Sumner (position) line
    ли́ния положе́ния самолё́та [ЛПС] — aircraft-position line, APL
    полу́денная ли́ния геод. — magnetic north [meridian] line
    ли́ния по́ля — line of force, field line, line of field
    ли́ния постоя́нной интенси́вности ви́хрей — isocurlus
    ли́ния постоя́нной ско́рости — isovel
    пото́чная ли́ния — (continuous) production [flow] line
    сходи́ть с пото́чной ли́нии ( с конвейера) — roll off a production [flow] line
    по́ясная ли́ния ( кузова мобиля) — waistline
    ли́ния проги́ба — deflection [bending] line
    ли́ния прока́тки — rolling [mill] train
    ли́ния промежу́точного перегре́ва, горя́чая тепл. — hot reheat line
    ли́ния промежу́точного перегре́ва, холо́дная тепл. — cold reheat line
    ли́ния промерза́ния стр. — frost line
    ли́ния простира́ния горн. — strike line
    пряма́я ли́ния — straight line
    дви́гаться по прямы́м ли́ниям — move [travel] in straight lines
    ли́ния прямо́й ви́димости — line-of-sight
    пункти́рная ли́ния — dotted line
    ли́ния пути́ — track line, course line (Примечание. на практике в английской литературе наблюдается смешение track с course.)
    рабо́чая ли́ния проце́сса хим. — operating line
    ли́ния ра́вного потенциа́ла — co-potential line
    ли́ния равноде́нствия — equinoctial line
    ли́ния ра́вных высо́т геод. — line of equal elevation
    ли́ния ра́вных пе́ленгов самолё́та [ЛРПС] — line of bearings
    получа́ть ли́нии ра́вных пе́ленгов самолё́та — develop lines of bearings
    ли́ния ра́вных скоросте́й — isotach
    радиопроводна́я ли́ния — combined radio and wire link
    ли́ния радиосвя́зи — radio link, radio circuit
    ли́ния радиосвя́зи, реле́йная — microwave line-of-signal, radio link
    ли́ния радиосвя́зи, реле́йная бли́жняя — short-haul radio link
    ли́ния радиосвя́зи, реле́йная да́льняя — long-haul radio link
    радиотелеметри́ческая ли́ния — radio-telemetry link
    ли́ния радиотелефо́нной свя́зи — radiotelephone circuit
    ли́ния развё́ртки рлк., тлв. — beam trace, sweep-trace, scan(ning) trace
    ли́ния разде́ла — boundary (line)
    разме́рная ли́ния ( на чертеже) — dimension line
    ли́ния разре́за ( на чертеже) — cutting line
    разрешё́нная ли́ния
    1. resolved peak
    2. permissible [allowed] line
    ли́ния разъё́ма моде́ли литейн. — parting [joint] line of a pattern
    ли́ния разъё́ма фо́рмы литейн. — parting [joint] line of a mould
    ли́ния разъё́ма шта́мпа — die [flash] line
    распада́ющаяся ли́ния мат. — decomposed line
    ли́ния распростране́ния — line of propagation
    расто́почная ли́ния тепл. — start-up line
    ли́ния расшире́ния — expansion line
    реги́стровая ли́ния свз. — sender link
    ли́ния регре́ссии — regression line, line of regression
    ли́ния ре́зания горн. — cutting line, cutting horizon
    резона́нсная ли́ния — resonance line
    ре́перная ли́ния — datum line
    ли́ния рециркуля́ции тепл. — recirculation line
    ли́ния сбро́са горн. — fault line
    ли́ния сверхрешё́тки крист. — superlattice line
    сверхструкту́рная ли́ния — superstructure line
    ли́ния свя́зи — communication line, communication link
    демонти́ровать ли́нию свя́зи — dismantle a (communication) line
    освобожда́ть ли́нию свя́зи ( об абоненте) — get off [clear] the (communication) line
    передава́ть ли́нию свя́зи в эксплуата́цию — open a [the] (communication) line [circuit] for traffic
    посыла́ть (сигна́л) в ли́нию свя́зи — transmit to a (communication) line
    ли́ния свя́зи испо́льзуется для, напр. телефони́и — the (communication) line carries, e. g., telephony
    уплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи — use a (communication) line for multichannel operation
    уплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи, напр. 10 кана́лами — multiplex [derive], e. g., 10 channels on a (communication) line
    уплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи с вре́менным разделе́нием сигна́лов — time-multiplex a (communication) line, use a line for time-division multiplex
    уплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи с часто́тным разделе́нием сигна́лов — frequency-multiplex a (communication) line, use a line for frequency-division multiplex
    уплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи фанто́мной це́лью — phantom a (communication) line, set up [derive] a phantom circuit on a (communication) line
    ли́ния свя́зи, возду́шная — aerial line
    ли́ния связи́, двухпроводна́я — two-wire line, two-wire circuit
    ли́ния свя́зи, двухце́пная — double-circuit line
    ли́ния свя́зи, ка́бельная — cable line
    ли́ния свя́зи, комбини́рованная — composite communication link
    ли́ния свя́зи, ме́стная — local circuit
    ли́ния свя́зи, объединя́ющая тлф., телегр. — concentration line
    ли́ния свя́зи, однопроводна́я — single-wire circuit, single-wire line
    ли́ния свя́зи, одноцепна́я — single-circuit line
    ли́ния свя́зи, отходя́щая — offgoing line
    ли́ния свя́зи, при́городная тлф., телегр. — suburban line, short-haul toll circuit
    ли́ния свя́зи, пупинизи́рованная — coil-loaded line
    ли́ния свя́зи, радиореле́йная — microwave relay [radio-relay] link
    ли́ния свя́зи, ретрансляцио́нная — relay link
    ли́ния свя́зи, служе́бная — order circuit, engineers order wire
    ли́ния свя́зи, спа́ренная — two-party line
    ли́ния свя́зи, спу́тниковая — satellite communication link
    ли́ния свя́зи, столбова́я — pole line
    ли́ния свя́зи, тропосфе́рная — troposcatter [tropospheric-scatter] link
    ли́ния свя́зи, уплотнё́нная — multiplexed [multichannel] line
    ли́ния сгора́ния — combustion [ignition] line
    секу́щая ли́ния — secant
    ли́ния се́тки координа́т — grid line
    ли́ния сжа́тия — compression line
    силова́я ли́ния — line of force, field line, line of field
    силова́я, магни́тная ли́ния — magnetic line of force
    ли́ния скачка́ уплотне́ния — shock line
    ли́ния скольже́ния
    1. glide line
    2. метал. slip line
    сливна́я ли́ния — drain line
    слоева́я ли́ния крист. — layer line
    сма́зочная ли́ния — lubrication line
    ли́ния сме́ны дат — date line
    ли́ния смеще́ния — displacement line
    соедини́тельная ли́ния ( между коммутационными узлами) тлф. — брит. junction (route), (inter-exchange) junction circuit; амер. trunk
    назнача́ть соедини́тельную ли́нию — allot a junction (route), assign a trunk
    соедини́тельная, входя́щая ли́ния тлф. — incoming junction (route)
    соедини́тельная, исходя́щая ли́ния тлф. — outgoing junction (route)
    соедини́тельная, транзи́тная ли́ния тлф. — through-traffic junction (route), tandem [built-up] trunk
    ли́ния сопротивле́ния, расчё́тная — calculated line of resistance
    спектра́льная ли́ния — spectral [spectrum] line
    выделя́ть спектра́льную, ли́нию — isolate a spectral line
    спектра́льная ли́ния раздва́ивается — the spectral line splits
    спектра́льные ли́нии сближа́ются — (the) spectral lines crowd together
    спектра́льные ли́нии сгуща́ются — (the) spectral lines crowd together
    спектра́льные ли́нии характеризу́ют [позволя́ют определя́ть] веще́ства — substances are identified by spectral lines
    спектра́льная, враща́тельная ли́ния — rotational spectral line
    спектра́льная, интенси́вная ли́ния — strong spectral line
    спектра́льная, колеба́тельная ли́ния — vibrational spectral line
    спектра́льная, ло́жная ли́ния — ghost spectral line
    спектра́льная ли́ния поглоще́ния — absorption spectral line
    спектра́льная, размы́тая ли́ния — diffuse spectral line
    спектра́льная, рентге́новская ли́ния — X-ray spectral line
    спектра́льная, сла́бая ли́ния — faint spectral line
    спира́льная ли́ния — spiral (line), helix
    ли́ния сплавле́ния — (weld-)fusion line
    сплошна́я ли́ния ( на чертеже) — full [solid] line
    спра́вочная ли́ния тлф. — information [inquiry] circuit
    сре́дняя ли́ния валко́в прок. — roll parting line
    сре́дняя ли́ния про́филя прок. — camber line
    сре́дняя ли́ния трапе́ции — median of a trapezoid
    ли́ния степене́й то́чности — line of precision
    сто́ксова ли́ния ( спектра) — Stokes line
    стрикцио́нная ли́ния — gorge [striction] line, line of striction
    ли́ния сходи́мости — convergence line
    ли́ния теку́чести — flow line
    телеметри́ческая ли́ния — telemetry link
    телефо́нная ли́ния — ( совокупность технических устройств) telephone line; ( в переносном значении) connection
    занима́ть (телефо́нную) ли́нию — hold the connection
    освободи́ть (телефо́нную) ли́нию — clear the line
    прове́рить (телефо́нную) ли́нию на за́нятость — test a line for the engaged condition
    (телефо́нная) ли́ния занята́ ( ответ оператора) — the line is busy [engaged]
    теорети́ческая ли́ния мор. — moulded line
    технологи́ческая ли́ния — production line
    ли́ния то́ка
    1. аргд. stream-line
    визуализи́ровать [де́лать ви́димой] ли́нию то́ка — visualize the stream-line
    ли́ния то́ка, визуализи́рованная — traced stream-line
    ли́ния то́ка в крити́ческой то́чке — stagnation stream-line
    ли́ния то́ка, крити́ческая — stagnation stream-line
    ли́ния то́ка, раздели́тельная — discriminating [dividing] stream-line
    то́лстая ли́ния ( на чертеже) — heavy line
    трансмиссио́нная ли́ния — transmission line, continuous line of shafting
    ли́ния труб — run of pipes
    ли́ния тя́ги — draft line
    ли́ния уда́ра — line of impact
    узлова́я ли́ния — nodal line
    уравни́тельная ли́ния тепл. — equalizing line
    ли́ния у́ровня мат. — contour [level] line, level curve
    ли́ния факти́ческого пути́ ав. — брит. track made good, TMG; амер. track
    фока́льная ли́ния — focal line
    ли́ния фо́кусов аргд. — aerodynamic centre line
    форва́куумная ли́ния — roughing-down line
    ли́ния форм релье́фа геод. — form [landform] line
    фраунго́феровы ли́нии — Fraunhofer-lines
    характеристи́ческая ли́ния — characteristic line
    ходова́я ли́ния геод., топ. — computation course, computation line, route
    холоста́я ли́ния эл. — unloaded line
    ли́ния хо́рды ав. — chord line
    ли́ния це́нтров — line of centres, centre line
    ли́ния це́нтров давле́ния — centre-of-pressure line
    цепна́я ли́ния мат. — catenary, catenary curve, catenary line
    ли́ния четырёхвалко́вых клете́й прок. — quarto train
    чистова́я петлева́я ли́ния прок. — looping finishing train
    ли́ния широты́ навиг. — line of latitude
    ли́ния шри́фта — type line
    ли́ния шри́фта, ве́рхняя — top line of type face
    ли́ния шри́фта, ни́жняя — bottom line of type face
    штрихпункти́рная ли́ния — dash-dot line
    эквипотенциа́льная ли́ния — equipotential line
    ли́ния электропереда́чи [ЛЭП] — (electric) power line
    меня́ть ли́нию электропереда́чи — re-string a power line
    наве́шивать ли́нию электропереда́чи — string a (power) line
    осуществля́ть высокочасто́тную обрабо́тку ли́нии электропереда́чи — install carrier-frequency trapping and coupling equipment on a power line
    ли́ния электропереда́чи (нахо́дится) под напряже́нием — the power line is hot [live]
    ли́ния электропереда́чи, возду́шная — aerial power line
    ли́ния электропереда́чи высо́кого напряже́ния — high-voltage power lire
    ли́ния электропереда́чи, грозоупо́рная — lightning-resistant power line
    ли́ния электропереда́чи, ка́бельная — cable power line
    ли́ния электропереда́чи, подзе́мная — underground [buried] power line
    этало́нная ли́ния — standard line
    ли́ния этало́нной заде́ржки — standard delay line

    Русско-английский политехнический словарь > линия

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Byzantine Empire —     The Byzantine Empire     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire     The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The United States of America —     The United States of America     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America     BOUNDARIES AND AREA     On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Law of Conservation of Energy —     The Law of Conservation of Energy     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of Conservation of Energy     Amongst the gravest objections raised by the progress of modern science against Theism, the possibility of Miracles, free will, the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Carmelite Order —     The Carmelite Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order     One of the mendicant orders.     Origin     The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Counter-Reformation —     The Counter Reformation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation     The subject will be considered under the following heads:     I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Syro-Aramaic Reading of the Koran —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Misunderstood — in London 1966 Background information Origin Riverside, California, United States Genres Ps …   Wikipedia

  • The Centre Party —     The Centre     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Centre     (THE CENTRE PARTY).     This name is given to a political party in the German Reichstag and to a number of parties in the diets of the various states of the German Empire. The oldest… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Society of the Sacred Heart of Jesus —     The Society of the Sacred Heart of Jesus     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Society of the Sacred Heart of Jesus     An institution of religious women, taking perpetual vows and devoted to the work of education, founded 21 November, 1800, by… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Downward Spiral — Studio album by Nine Inch Nails Released …   Wikipedia

  • The Crystal Palace — was a cast iron and glass building originally erected in Hyde Park, London, England, to house the Great Exhibition of 1851. More than 14,000 exhibitors from around the world gathered in the Palace s convert|990000|sqft|m2 of exhibition space to… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»